w4kek/WSJT-X
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/saitohirga/WSJT-X.git synced 2025-10-30 20:40:28 -04:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
WSJT-X/mainwindow.cpp

5877 lines
196 KiB
C++
Raw Normal View History

Try letting hopping.f90 determine TX intervals git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5472 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-30 23:45:22 +00:00
//-------------------------------------------------------- MainWindow
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
#include "mainwindow.h"
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
#include <cinttypes>
Ensure main frequency display gets initialized with Rig=None git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5068 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 17:35:39 +00:00
#include <limits>
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
#include <functional>
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
#include <fftw3.h>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
#include <QLineEdit>
Add validation to message entry fields. All message entry fields on the mainscreen and in the macro editing facilities are now restricted to valid characters in the JT65/JT9 free text message alphabet. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4362 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:36:01 +00:00
#include <QRegExpValidator>
#include <QRegExp>
Allow for empty decode message in UDP reply message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6812 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-28 15:53:50 +00:00
#include <QRegularExpression>
Menu action to open the log directory Since the log files have moved to a hidden directory a menu action to open the logs directory in a suitable system applicaiton is needed. Added "Open log directory" to File manu bar pop up menu. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
#include <QDesktopServices>
#include <QUrl>
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
#include <QStandardPaths>
Menu action to open the log directory Since the log files have moved to a hidden directory a menu action to open the logs directory in a suitable system applicaiton is needed. Added "Open log directory" to File manu bar pop up menu. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
#include <QDir>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
#include <QDebug>
#include <QtConcurrent/QtConcurrentRun>
Add a progress dialog to show that FFT optimization is doing something git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
#include <QProgressDialog>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
#include <QHostInfo>
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
#include <QVector>
Pwr control refinements Set tune power with SHIFT + "Pwr" slider. SHIFT + "Pwr" slider to top cancels separate power level for tune. Smarter tool tip for "Pwr" slider. Needs User Guide update if change is acceptable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6284 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
#include <QCursor>
#include <QToolTip>
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
#include <QAction>
#include <QActionGroup>
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
#include <QSplashScreen>
Reducing the number of files dependent on svnversion.h without compromising qmake builds. Now it is required to directly include svnversion.h to get the SVNVERSION macro defined. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3955 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-29 02:51:07 +00:00
Try to form a consistent program title and revision specification from all types of build. CMake builds use 'svn info' (the git-svn equivalent is also supported) to get the real latest revision of the workspace that is used to source a build. If the sources are not in VCS workspace (build from source snapshot archive for example) then the $Rev$ svn keyword expansion in mainwindow.cpp is used despite its issues with accuracy. Non-CMake builds use the $Rev$ keyword expansion where possible. If a CMake build is from a VCS workspace with local modifications; a '-dirty' suffix is added to the revision number to denote that. If no revision number information can be found the word 'local' is used as a revision number. The revision specification is used in the WSJT-X "about" box and is sent to PSKReporter.info as part of the local station information (this can be viewed at the statistics page http://pskreporter.info/cgi-bin/pskstats.pl). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4017 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-13 17:22:12 +00:00
#include "revision_utils.hpp"
Make addon prefixes & suffixes help window platform independent Also use a style sheet to set the font as widget level font settings are overriden when the global default font is changed in settings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5553 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 14:30:31 +00:00
#include "qt_helpers.hpp"
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
#include "soundout.h"
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
#include "soundin.h"
#include "Modulator.hpp"
#include "Detector.hpp"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
#include "plotter.h"
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
#include "echoplot.h"
#include "echograph.h"
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
#include "fastplot.h"
#include "fastgraph.h"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
#include "about.h"
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
#include "messageaveraging.h"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
#include "widegraph.h"
#include "sleep.h"
Starrting to implement a confirmation dialog for LogQSL. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3067 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-21 17:22:32 +00:00
#include "logqso.h"
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
#include "Radio.hpp"
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
#include "Bands.hpp"
#include "TransceiverFactory.hpp"
#include "FrequencyList.hpp"
#include "StationList.hpp"
#include "LiveFrequencyValidator.hpp"
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
#include "MessageClient.hpp"
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
#include "wsprnet.h"
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
#include "signalmeter.h"
#include "HelpTextWindow.hpp"
Add a sample download dialog and upload sub-system Samples are downloaded from a web server, currently the SF download server. The samples are stored in the source controlled samples directory and the CMake script there builds a suitable directory tree for upload to the web server under samples/web containing the samples hierarchy and the generated JSON contents database file. The samples CMake script also defines an 'upload-samples' target that uses rsync to efficiently upload the samples and the accompanying contents JSON database file. Any directory structure under the samples directory may be created, to add a new sample file simply add the file to source control and amend the list of sample files (SAMPLE_FILES) in samples/CMakeLists.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6308 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
#include "SampleDownloader.hpp"
Better naming WavFile ->BWFFile Broadcast Wave Format is a backwards compatible superset of teh Microsoft WAV file format that has been implemented in teh hope that Windows File Explorer might show the WAV file metadta, as it turns out that is not the case but as it's done anyway. It appears to be impossible to write a WAV file such that MS Windows File Explorer shows any metadata so unless we adopt FLAC format audio files we will have to show metadata with our own software :( git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6384 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:53 +00:00
#include "Audio/BWFFile.hpp"
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
#include "MultiSettings.hpp"
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
#include "MaidenheadLocatorValidator.hpp"
#include "CallsignValidator.hpp"
This code now compiles OK in either Qt4 or Qt5. To run in Qt5 we'll need a Qt5-compatible "thermo" widget. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3310 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-23 20:21:47 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
#include "ui_mainwindow.h"
Add those pesky MOC generated code includes that break libraries if they are included by automoc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4035 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-16 15:15:46 +00:00
#include "moc_mainwindow.cpp"
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
extern "C" {
//----------------------------------------------------- C and Fortran routines
void symspec_(struct dec_data *, int* k, int* ntrperiod, int* nsps, int* ingain, int* minw,
float* px, float s[], float* df3, int* nhsym, int* npts8);
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
void hspec_(short int d2[], int* k, int* nutc0, int* ntrperiod, int* ntol,
bool* bmsk144, int* ingain, float green[], float s[], int* jh,
char line[], int len1);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
void gen4_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
void gen9_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
void genmsk144_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
Add new MSK144 encoding routines and make the necessary accommodations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7022 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-11 19:25:20 +00:00
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
void gen65_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
void genqra64_(char* msg, int* ichk, char* msgsent, int itone[],
Add Tx capability for QRA01. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6811 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-28 14:56:02 +00:00
int* itext, int len1, int len2);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
void genwspr_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], int len1, int len2);
void geniscat_(char* msg, char* msgsent, int itone[], int len1, int len2);
bool stdmsg_(const char* msg, int len);
void azdist_(char* MyGrid, char* HisGrid, double* utch, int* nAz, int* nEl,
int* nDmiles, int* nDkm, int* nHotAz, int* nHotABetter,
int len1, int len2);
void morse_(char* msg, int* icw, int* ncw, int len);
int ptt_(int nport, int ntx, int* iptt, int* nopen);
void wspr_downsample_(short int d2[], int* k);
Produce a warning message if the WSPR .c2 file cannot be written Thanks to Mike W9MDB for this patch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7039 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-29 17:01:38 +00:00
int savec2_(char* fname, int* TR_seconds, double* dial_freq, int len1);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
void avecho_( short id2[], int* dop, int* nfrit, int* nqual, float* f1,
float* level, float* sigdb, float* snr, float* dfreq,
float* width);
MSK144 fixes: Click on lower panel of Fast Graph decodes from previous file; clicking beyond available data does not crash program. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6964 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-29 16:10:55 +00:00
void fast_decode_(short id2[], int narg[], int* ntrperiod, bool* bShMsgs,
Add early termination code to the msk144 long-message decoder. Remove references to Radford Neal's ldpc code, which served us well but is no longer needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7051 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-01 21:50:52 +00:00
char msg[], char mycall[], char hiscall[],
Call the MSK144 short-message decoder only if "Sh" is checked. Also, make ntol available to the MSK144 decoder. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6894 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-08 14:42:28 +00:00
int len1, int len2, int len3, int len4);
Calibration of the "Degrade S/N of .wav file" requires knowledge of receiver bandwidth. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6491 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-23 19:37:38 +00:00
void degrade_snr_(short d2[], int* n, float* db, float* bandwidth);
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
void wav12_(short d2[], short d1[], int* nbytes, short* nbitsam2);
First working code offering optional computation and use of a reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
void refspectrum_(short int d2[], bool* brefspec, bool* buseref,
const char* c_fname, int len);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int volatile itone[NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS]; //Audio tones for all Tx symbols
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
int volatile icw[NUM_CW_SYMBOLS]; //Dits for CW ID
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
struct dec_data dec_data; // for sharing with Fortran
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
1. Keyboard shortcuts Alt+1 to Alt+6 set next Tx message to 1-6. 2. SoundOut buffer size can be set by editing wsjtx.ini. 3. Fixed bug in placement of #ifdef in rigclass.cpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3313 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-24 12:36:41 +00:00
int outBufSize;
Implementing uploads to PSK Reporter. (Not yet finished.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3043 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-11 15:51:44 +00:00
int rc;
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
qint32 g_iptt {0};
Implementing uploads to PSK Reporter. (Not yet finished.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3043 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-11 15:51:44 +00:00
wchar_t buffer[256];
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
float fast_green[703];
float fast_green2[703];
float fast_s[44992]; //44992=64*703
float fast_s2[44992];
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
int fast_jh {0};
int fast_jh2 {0};
Pass naggressive to fast_decode(). Display <...> messages only if naggressive>0. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-03 20:23:52 +00:00
int narg[15];
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QVector<QColor> g_ColorTbl;
Add markers for RO RRR 73 messages on the Wide Graph scale. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 16:46:52 +00:00
bool g_single_decode;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
namespace
{
Radio::Frequency constexpr default_frequency {14076000};
Adjust the GUI to accommodate JTMSK shorthand messages. (NB: Tx message echoed with yellow background is incomplete.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6403 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-15 21:53:27 +00:00
QRegExp message_alphabet {"[- @A-Za-z0-9+./?#<>]*"};
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
QRegExp grid_regexp {QRegExp {"[A-Ra-r]{2}[0-9]{2}([A-Xa-x]{2}){0,1}"}};
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
bool message_is_73 (int type, QStringList const& msg_parts)
{
return type >= 0
&& ((type < 6 && msg_parts.contains ("73"))
|| (type == 6 && !msg_parts.filter ("73").isEmpty ()));
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
int ms_minute_error ()
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
{
auto const& now = QDateTime::currentDateTime ();
auto const& time = now.time ();
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
auto second = time.second ();
return now.msecsTo (now.addSecs (second > 30 ? 60 - second : -second)) - time.msec ();
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
User Guide Updates * Main Page - (3.3) Changed OS x DL links to "osx_" vs "osx-" in the ref links. - Updated main page links. I think we should consider an include::file v.s - line item listing, as the list is getting kinda long. - Updated quick-reference guide * (3.4) Added a section to wsjtx-main.adoc for Linux Compile form Source. This needs work as I basically pulled the steps from my local build script. While it works nicely in unattended mode, in an interactive shell, it's not very tidy as there are too many steps. * (3.4) Install Package list should be fairly accurate, Ive' tested it on several new installs, without iussue, once I had the kvasd deps figured out. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-30 18:40:16 +00:00
//--------------------------------------------------- MainWindow constructor
Move temporary directory creation and deletion outside of MainWindow Changing configuration causes WSJT-X and JTAlert to get into a fight for the temporary directory. By moving the creation and clearup of the temporary directory outside of the configurations loop this issue is minimized to no worse than before multiple configurations were added. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 21:59:22 +00:00
MainWindow::MainWindow(QDir const& temp_directory, bool multiple,
MultiSettings * multi_settings, QSharedMemory *shdmem,
Add a sample download dialog and upload sub-system Samples are downloaded from a web server, currently the SF download server. The samples are stored in the source controlled samples directory and the CMake script there builds a suitable directory tree for upload to the web server under samples/web containing the samples hierarchy and the generated JSON contents database file. The samples CMake script also defines an 'upload-samples' target that uses rsync to efficiently upload the samples and the accompanying contents JSON database file. Any directory structure under the samples directory may be created, to add a new sample file simply add the file to source control and amend the list of sample files (SAMPLE_FILES) in samples/CMakeLists.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6308 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
unsigned downSampleFactor, QNetworkAccessManager * network_manager,
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
QSplashScreen * splash, QWidget *parent) :
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QMainWindow(parent),
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
m_valid {true},
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
m_splash {splash},
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
m_dataDir {QStandardPaths::writableLocation (QStandardPaths::DataLocation)},
Abandon getting changeset revision number from svn keyword expansion Subversion keyword expansion of $Rev:$ in a file is hopeless as it is impossible to coordinate with a release. Revert to an empty string when it can't be discovered with svn info etc.. Further changes to the way verion and revision numbers are generated Local builds from source tar balls or the two phase wsjtx-superbuild no longer specify any revision, just the version number. Since these sort of builds are expected to be release candidates or release versions the revision (svn changeset number) is implicit from the svn tag of the version. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4986 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-22 00:20:42 +00:00
m_revision {revision ()},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_multiple {multiple},
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_multi_settings {multi_settings},
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
m_configurations_button {0},
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_settings {multi_settings->settings ()},
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
ui(new Ui::MainWindow),
Move temporary directory creation and deletion outside of MainWindow Changing configuration causes WSJT-X and JTAlert to get into a fight for the temporary directory. By moving the creation and clearup of the temporary directory outside of the configurations loop this issue is minimized to no worse than before multiple configurations were added. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 21:59:22 +00:00
m_config {temp_directory, m_settings, this},
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_WSPR_band_hopping {m_settings, &m_config, this},
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
m_WSPR_tx_next {false},
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox {MessageBox::Critical, tr ("Rig Control Error")
, MessageBox::Cancel | MessageBox::Ok | MessageBox::Retry},
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
m_wideGraph (new WideGraph(m_settings)),
m_echoGraph (new EchoGraph(m_settings)),
m_fastGraph (new FastGraph(m_settings)),
m_logDlg (new LogQSO (program_title (), m_settings, this)),
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_lastDialFreq {0},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_callingFrequency {0},
m_dialFreqRxWSPR {0},
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_detector {new Detector {RX_SAMPLE_RATE, NTMAX, downSampleFactor}},
m_FFTSize {6192 / 2}, // conservative value to avoid buffer overruns
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_soundInput {new SoundInput},
m_modulator {new Modulator {TX_SAMPLE_RATE, NTMAX}},
m_soundOutput {new SoundOutput},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_msErase {0},
m_secBandChanged {0},
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_freqNominal {0},
m_freqTxNominal {0},
Fix some initialization order issues introduced in r6755 These include the wide graph window not being suppressed when starting the application in a fast mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6762 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
m_s6 {0.},
m_tRemaining {0.},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_DTtol {3.0},
m_waterfallAvg {1},
m_ntx {1},
Exclude Rx only bands from WSPR band hopping random selections git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 16:56:49 +00:00
m_XIT {0},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_sec0 {-1},
m_RxLog {1}, //Write Date and Time to RxLog
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
m_nutc0 {999999},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_ntr {0},
m_tx {0},
m_TRperiod {60},
m_inGain {0},
m_secID {0},
Refactor a poor variable name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6898 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
m_idleMinutes {0},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_nSubMode {0},
m_nclearave {1},
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
m_pctx {0},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_nseq {0},
m_nWSPRdecodes {0},
m_k0 {9999999},
m_nPick {0},
m_TRperiodFast {-1},
m_nTx73 {0},
m_freqCQ {0},
m_btxok {false},
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
m_diskData {false},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_loopall {false},
m_txFirst {false},
m_auto {false},
m_restart {false},
m_startAnother {false},
m_saveDecoded {false},
m_saveAll {false},
m_widebandDecode {false},
m_dataAvailable {false},
m_blankLine {false},
m_decodedText2 {false},
m_freeText {false},
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
m_sentFirst73 {false},
m_currentMessageType {-1},
m_lastMessageType {-1},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_lockTxFreq {false},
m_bShMsgs {false},
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
m_uploading {false},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_txNext {false},
m_grid6 {false},
Initialize m_tuneup to ensure halt Tx button behaves git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5601 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 19:03:37 +00:00
m_tuneup {false},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_bTxTime {false},
m_rxDone {false},
Add a flag for a mode to enforce simplex i.e. WSPR git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5593 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
m_bSimplex {false},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_bEchoTxOK {false},
m_bTransmittedEcho {false},
m_bEchoTxed {false},
m_bFastDecodeCalled {false},
m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn {false},
m_bRefSpec {false},
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_ihsym {0},
m_nzap {0},
m_px {0.0},
m_iptt0 {0},
m_btxok0 {false},
m_nsendingsh {0},
m_onAirFreq0 {0.0},
m_first_error {true},
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label {"Receiving"},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
wsprNet {new WSPRNet {network_manager, this}},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_appDir {QApplication::applicationDirPath ()},
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_palette {"Linrad"},
m_mode {"JT9"},
m_rpt {"-15"},
m_pfx {
"1A", "1S",
"3A", "3B6", "3B8", "3B9", "3C", "3C0", "3D2", "3D2C",
"3D2R", "3DA", "3V", "3W", "3X", "3Y", "3YB", "3YP",
"4J", "4L", "4S", "4U1I", "4U1U", "4W", "4X",
"5A", "5B", "5H", "5N", "5R", "5T", "5U", "5V", "5W", "5X", "5Z",
"6W", "6Y",
"7O", "7P", "7Q", "7X",
"8P", "8Q", "8R",
"9A", "9G", "9H", "9J", "9K", "9L", "9M2", "9M6", "9N",
"9Q", "9U", "9V", "9X", "9Y",
"A2", "A3", "A4", "A5", "A6", "A7", "A9", "AP",
"BS7", "BV", "BV9", "BY",
"C2", "C3", "C5", "C6", "C9", "CE", "CE0X", "CE0Y",
"CE0Z", "CE9", "CM", "CN", "CP", "CT", "CT3", "CU",
"CX", "CY0", "CY9",
"D2", "D4", "D6", "DL", "DU",
"E3", "E4", "E5", "EA", "EA6", "EA8", "EA9", "EI", "EK",
"EL", "EP", "ER", "ES", "ET", "EU", "EX", "EY", "EZ",
"F", "FG", "FH", "FJ", "FK", "FKC", "FM", "FO", "FOA",
"FOC", "FOM", "FP", "FR", "FRG", "FRJ", "FRT", "FT5W",
"FT5X", "FT5Z", "FW", "FY",
"M", "MD", "MI", "MJ", "MM", "MU", "MW",
"H4", "H40", "HA", "HB", "HB0", "HC", "HC8", "HH",
"HI", "HK", "HK0", "HK0M", "HL", "HM", "HP", "HR",
"HS", "HV", "HZ",
"I", "IS", "IS0",
"J2", "J3", "J5", "J6", "J7", "J8", "JA", "JDM",
"JDO", "JT", "JW", "JX", "JY",
"K", "KC4", "KG4", "KH0", "KH1", "KH2", "KH3", "KH4", "KH5",
"KH5K", "KH6", "KH7", "KH8", "KH9", "KL", "KP1", "KP2",
"KP4", "KP5",
"LA", "LU", "LX", "LY", "LZ",
"OA", "OD", "OE", "OH", "OH0", "OJ0", "OK", "OM", "ON",
"OX", "OY", "OZ",
"P2", "P4", "PA", "PJ2", "PJ7", "PY", "PY0F", "PT0S", "PY0T", "PZ",
"R1F", "R1M",
"S0", "S2", "S5", "S7", "S9", "SM", "SP", "ST", "SU",
"SV", "SVA", "SV5", "SV9",
"T2", "T30", "T31", "T32", "T33", "T5", "T7", "T8", "T9", "TA",
"TF", "TG", "TI", "TI9", "TJ", "TK", "TL", "TN", "TR", "TT",
"TU", "TY", "TZ",
"UA", "UA2", "UA9", "UK", "UN", "UR",
"V2", "V3", "V4", "V5", "V6", "V7", "V8", "VE", "VK", "VK0H",
"VK0M", "VK9C", "VK9L", "VK9M", "VK9N", "VK9W", "VK9X", "VP2E",
"VP2M", "VP2V", "VP5", "VP6", "VP6D", "VP8", "VP8G", "VP8H",
"VP8O", "VP8S", "VP9", "VQ9", "VR", "VU", "VU4", "VU7",
"XE", "XF4", "XT", "XU", "XW", "XX9", "XZ",
"YA", "YB", "YI", "YJ", "YK", "YL", "YN", "YO", "YS", "YU", "YV", "YV0",
"Z2", "Z3", "ZA", "ZB", "ZC4", "ZD7", "ZD8", "ZD9", "ZF", "ZK1N",
"ZK1S", "ZK2", "ZK3", "ZL", "ZL7", "ZL8", "ZL9", "ZP", "ZS", "ZS8"
},
m_sfx {"P", "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A"},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
mem_jt9 {shdmem},
Added tuning parameters for audio subsystem. By adding the following section to the initialisation file the audio buffer sizes and audio thread priority may be adjusted. [Tune] Audio\InputBufferFrames=1200 Audio\OutputBufferMs=1000 Audio\ThreadPriority=4 The values above are the program defaults that will be used if the initialisation parameters are omitted. Thread prioritis are the QThread::Priority enumumeration values. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3576 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-27 01:06:23 +00:00
m_msAudioOutputBuffered (0u),
m_framesAudioInputBuffered (RX_SAMPLE_RATE / 10),
Fix audio input rate issue on Windows Vista Windows Vista has a broken rate converter which gets invoked when an input audio stream at 48kHz sampel rate is requested. I've no idea why our application can't get exclusive access to the audio input device and have a unconverted stream direct at 48kHz. To get around this our down sampling filter for audio input from 48kHz to 12kHz is disaabled by default on Windows Vista, instead we request a 12kHz stream and process it directly. This default behviour can be overriden by specifying the following settings value: [Tune] Audio\DisableInputResampling=false This settings value defaults to true on Windows Vista and false everywhere else so normally needn't be present. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3588 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-10-04 19:00:29 +00:00
m_downSampleFactor (downSampleFactor),
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_audioThreadPriority (QThread::HighPriority),
m_bandEdited {false},
m_splitMode {false},
m_monitoring {false},
m_transmitting {false},
m_tune {false},
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
m_tx_watchdog {false},
Remember power level setting used for tune Patch provided by Mike W9MDB, thanks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6281 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 15:32:11 +00:00
m_tune_attenuation {0},
m_tune_attenuation_restore {0},
Pwr control refinements Set tune power with SHIFT + "Pwr" slider. SHIFT + "Pwr" slider to top cancels separate power level for tune. Smarter tool tip for "Pwr" slider. Needs User Guide update if change is acceptable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6284 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip {false},
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_lastMonitoredFrequency {default_frequency},
Add a progress dialog to show that FFT optimization is doing something git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
m_toneSpacing {0.},
m_firstDecode {0},
m_optimizingProgress {"Optimizing decoder FFTs for your CPU.\n"
"Please be patient,\n"
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
"this may take a few minutes", QString {}, 0, 1, this},
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_messageClient {new MessageClient {QApplication::applicationName (),
m_config.udp_server_name (), m_config.udp_server_port (),
this}},
User Guide localization git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6341 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
psk_Reporter {new PSK_Reporter {m_messageClient, this}},
m_manual {network_manager}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
ui->setupUi(this);
Ensure all main window child widgets are added to teh event filter This makes all child widgets able to reset the Tx watchdog by mouse click or key press. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6881 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 20:16:38 +00:00
add_child_to_event_filter (this);
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
ui->dxGridEntry->setValidator (new MaidenheadLocatorValidator {this});
ui->dxCallEntry->setValidator (new CallsignValidator {this});
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_baseCall = Radio::base_callsign (m_config.my_callsign ());
Add a progress dialog to show that FFT optimization is doing something git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
m_optimizingProgress.setWindowModality (Qt::WindowModal);
m_optimizingProgress.setAutoReset (false);
m_optimizingProgress.setMinimumDuration (15000); // only show after 15s delay
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Closedown.
connect (ui->actionExit, &QAction::triggered, this, &QMainWindow::close);
// parts of the rig error message box that are fixed
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setInformativeText (tr ("Do you want to reconfigure the radio interface?"));
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setDefaultButton (MessageBox::Ok);
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
Moved audio input to the audio thread. Change source URLs in teh CMake scripts for the kvasd binaries. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3563 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-17 19:21:14 +00:00
// start audio thread and hook up slots & signals for shutdown management
// these objects need to be in the audio thread so that invoking
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
// their slots is done in a thread safe way
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_soundOutput->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
m_modulator->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
m_soundInput->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
m_detector->moveToThread (&m_audioThread);
// hook up sound output stream slots & signals and disposal
connect (this, &MainWindow::initializeAudioOutputStream, m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::setFormat);
connect (m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::error, this, &MainWindow::showSoundOutError);
// connect (m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::status, this, &MainWindow::showStatusMessage);
connect (this, &MainWindow::outAttenuationChanged, m_soundOutput, &SoundOutput::setAttenuation);
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_soundOutput, &QObject::deleteLater);
// hook up Modulator slots and disposal
connect (this, &MainWindow::transmitFrequency, m_modulator, &Modulator::setFrequency);
connect (this, &MainWindow::endTransmitMessage, m_modulator, &Modulator::stop);
connect (this, &MainWindow::tune, m_modulator, &Modulator::tune);
connect (this, &MainWindow::sendMessage, m_modulator, &Modulator::start);
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_modulator, &QObject::deleteLater);
// hook up the audio input stream signals, slots and disposal
connect (this, &MainWindow::startAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::start);
connect (this, &MainWindow::suspendAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::suspend);
connect (this, &MainWindow::resumeAudioInputStream, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::resume);
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_soundInput, &SoundInput::stop);
connect(m_soundInput, &SoundInput::error, this, &MainWindow::showSoundInError);
// connect(m_soundInput, &SoundInput::status, this, &MainWindow::showStatusMessage);
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_soundInput, &QObject::deleteLater);
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, this, &MainWindow::close);
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
// hook up the detector signals, slots and disposal
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::FFTSize, m_detector, &Detector::setBlockSize);
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
connect(m_detector, &Detector::framesWritten, this, &MainWindow::dataSink);
connect (&m_audioThread, &QThread::finished, m_detector, &QObject::deleteLater);
Moved audio input to the audio thread. Change source URLs in teh CMake scripts for the kvasd binaries. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3563 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-17 19:21:14 +00:00
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
// setup the waterfall
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(freezeDecode2(int)),this,SLOT(freezeDecode(int)));
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(f11f12(int)),this,SLOT(bumpFqso(int)));
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(setXIT2(int)),this,SLOT(setXIT(int)));
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
connect (m_fastGraph.data (), &FastGraph::fastPick, this, &MainWindow::fastPick);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_wideGraph.data (), &WideGraph::close);
Some cleanup of interaction between GUI and Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_echoGraph.data (), &EchoGraph::close);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_fastGraph.data (), &FastGraph::close);
Some cleanup of interaction between GUI and Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
// setup the log QSO dialog
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
connect (m_logDlg.data (), &LogQSO::acceptQSO, this, &MainWindow::acceptQSO2);
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_logDlg.data (), &LogQSO::close);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
// Network message handlers
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::reply, this, &MainWindow::replyToCQ);
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::replay, this, &MainWindow::replayDecodes);
Added flag to halt Tx UDP reply The reply can now be used to turn off auto Tx or to halt Tx immediately. Also enforced the accept UDP requests setting for halt Tx and set free text message replies. Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::halt_tx, [this] (bool auto_only) {
if (m_config.accept_udp_requests ()) {
if (auto_only) {
if (ui->autoButton->isChecked ()) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->autoButton->click();
Added flag to halt Tx UDP reply The reply can now be used to turn off auto Tx or to halt Tx immediately. Also enforced the accept UDP requests setting for halt Tx and set free text message replies. Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
}
} else {
ui->stopTxButton->click();
}
}
});
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::error, this, &MainWindow::networkError);
Made the UDP message to change the free text message optionally send ASAP This message now has the ability to simply change the free text message or to change the message and send it ASAP. The message_aggregator reference UDP server application exercises this feature by sending a new free text message on any edit and requesting it be sent by WSJT-X when editing is finished i,e, RETURN pressed or focus moved away. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5445 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 17:33:39 +00:00
connect (m_messageClient, &MessageClient::free_text, [this] (QString const& text, bool send) {
Remove Tab 1/2 differences from UDP interface The UDP "Free text" message comamnd should not expose implementation differences between tab one and tab two. The "send next" capability is not available on tab two so use of it has been removed from the UDP interface. The ability to trigger the immediate (or in next Tx period if the current period is Rx) sending of the current free text message has been added to the UDP interface. This is done by sending a "Free text" UDP message containing an empty text message with the "Send" flag set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5725 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-27 11:34:11 +00:00
if (m_config.accept_udp_requests ()) {
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
tx_watchdog (false);
Remove Tab 1/2 differences from UDP interface The UDP "Free text" message comamnd should not expose implementation differences between tab one and tab two. The "send next" capability is not available on tab two so use of it has been removed from the UDP interface. The ability to trigger the immediate (or in next Tx period if the current period is Rx) sending of the current free text message has been added to the UDP interface. This is done by sending a "Free text" UDP message containing an empty text message with the "Send" flag set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5725 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-27 11:34:11 +00:00
// send + non-empty text means set and send the free text
// message, !send + non-empty text means set the current free
// text message, send + empty text means send the current free
// text message without change, !send + empty text means clear
// the current free text message
if (0 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex ()) {
if (!text.isEmpty ()) {
ui->tx5->setCurrentText (text);
}
if (send) {
ui->txb5->click ();
} else if (text.isEmpty ()) {
ui->tx5->setCurrentText (text);
}
} else if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex ()) {
if (!text.isEmpty ()) {
ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (text);
}
if (send) {
ui->rbFreeText->click ();
} else if (text.isEmpty ()) {
ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (text);
}
Added flag to halt Tx UDP reply The reply can now be used to turn off auto Tx or to halt Tx immediately. Also enforced the accept UDP requests setting for halt Tx and set free text message replies. Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
}
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
QApplication::alert (this);
Added flag to halt Tx UDP reply The reply can now be used to turn off auto Tx or to halt Tx immediately. Also enforced the accept UDP requests setting for halt Tx and set free text message replies. Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5336 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-06 22:25:56 +00:00
}
Remove Tab 1/2 differences from UDP interface The UDP "Free text" message comamnd should not expose implementation differences between tab one and tab two. The "send next" capability is not available on tab two so use of it has been removed from the UDP interface. The ability to trigger the immediate (or in next Tx period if the current period is Rx) sending of the current free text message has been added to the UDP interface. This is done by sending a "Free text" UDP message containing an empty text message with the "Send" flag set. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5725 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-27 11:34:11 +00:00
});
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
// Hook up WSPR band hopping
connect (ui->band_hopping_schedule_push_button, &QPushButton::clicked
, &m_WSPR_band_hopping, &WSPRBandHopping::show_dialog);
connect (ui->sbTxPercent, static_cast<void (QSpinBox::*) (int)> (&QSpinBox::valueChanged)
, &m_WSPR_band_hopping, &WSPRBandHopping::set_tx_percent);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
on_EraseButton_clicked ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QActionGroup* modeGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->actionJT9->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
ui->actionJT65->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
ui->actionJT9_JT65->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui->actionJT4->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->actionWSPR_2->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
ui->actionWSPR_15->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
ui->actionEcho->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->actionISCAT->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
ui->actionMSK144->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
ui->actionQRA64->setActionGroup(modeGroup);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QActionGroup* saveGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
ui->actionNone->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
ui->actionSave_decoded->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
ui->actionSave_all->setActionGroup(saveGroup);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QActionGroup* DepthGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
ui->actionQuickDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
ui->actionMediumDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
ui->actionDeepestDecode->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
// ui->actionInclude_averaging->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
// ui->actionInclude_correlation->setActionGroup(DepthGroup);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Add a sample download dialog and upload sub-system Samples are downloaded from a web server, currently the SF download server. The samples are stored in the source controlled samples directory and the CMake script there builds a suitable directory tree for upload to the web server under samples/web containing the samples hierarchy and the generated JSON contents database file. The samples CMake script also defines an 'upload-samples' target that uses rsync to efficiently upload the samples and the accompanying contents JSON database file. Any directory structure under the samples directory may be created, to add a new sample file simply add the file to source control and amend the list of sample files (SAMPLE_FILES) in samples/CMakeLists.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6308 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-24 11:41:05 +00:00
connect (ui->download_samples_action, &QAction::triggered, [this, network_manager] () {
if (!m_sampleDownloader)
{
m_sampleDownloader.reset (new SampleDownloader {m_settings, &m_config, network_manager, this});
}
m_sampleDownloader->show ();
});
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
QButtonGroup* txMsgButtonGroup = new QButtonGroup {this};
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb1,1);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb2,2);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb3,3);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb4,4);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb5,5);
txMsgButtonGroup->addButton(ui->txrb6,6);
connect(txMsgButtonGroup,SIGNAL(buttonClicked(int)),SLOT(set_ntx(int)));
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
connect(ui->decodedTextBrowser2,SIGNAL(selectCallsign(bool,bool)),this,
1. Re-scale the 2-d cumulative spectrum. 2. Swap positions of "QSO Frequency" and "Band Activity" windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3265 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-14 00:22:22 +00:00
SLOT(doubleClickOnCall(bool,bool)));
connect(ui->decodedTextBrowser,SIGNAL(selectCallsign(bool,bool)),this,
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
SLOT(doubleClickOnCall2(bool,bool)));
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// initialise decoded text font and hook up change signal
setDecodedTextFont (m_config.decoded_text_font ());
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::decoded_text_font_changed, [this] (QFont const& font) {
setDecodedTextFont (font);
});
1. Moved font width calc for DXCC enitity display from LogBook to DisplayText. 2. The available character count is now updated by catching resizeEvents git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3545 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-11 11:45:17 +00:00
Try to form a consistent program title and revision specification from all types of build. CMake builds use 'svn info' (the git-svn equivalent is also supported) to get the real latest revision of the workspace that is used to source a build. If the sources are not in VCS workspace (build from source snapshot archive for example) then the $Rev$ svn keyword expansion in mainwindow.cpp is used despite its issues with accuracy. Non-CMake builds use the $Rev$ keyword expansion where possible. If a CMake build is from a VCS workspace with local modifications; a '-dirty' suffix is added to the revision number to denote that. If no revision number information can be found the word 'local' is used as a revision number. The revision specification is used in the WSJT-X "about" box and is sent to PSKReporter.info as part of the local station information (this can be viewed at the statistics page http://pskreporter.info/cgi-bin/pskstats.pl). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4017 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-13 17:22:12 +00:00
setWindowTitle (program_title ());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
connect(&proc_jt9, &QProcess::readyReadStandardOutput, this, &MainWindow::readFromStdout);
connect(&proc_jt9, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
subProcessError (&proc_jt9, error);
});
connect(&proc_jt9, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
subProcessFailed (&proc_jt9, exitCode, status);
});
connect(&p1, &QProcess::readyReadStandardOutput, this, &MainWindow::p1ReadFromStdout);
connect(&proc_jt9, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
subProcessError (&p1, error);
});
connect(&p1, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
subProcessFailed (&p1, exitCode, status);
});
connect(&p3, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (QProcess::ProcessError)> (&QProcess::error),
[this] (QProcess::ProcessError error) {
subProcessError (&p3, error);
});
connect(&p3, static_cast<void (QProcess::*) (int, QProcess::ExitStatus)> (&QProcess::finished),
[this] (int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus status) {
subProcessFailed (&p3, exitCode, status);
});
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
// hook up save WAV file exit handling
connect (&m_saveWAVWatcher, &QFutureWatcher<QString>::finished, [this] {
// extract the promise from the future
auto const& result = m_saveWAVWatcher.future ().result ();
if (!result.isEmpty ()) // error
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr("Error Writing WAV File"), result);
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
}
});
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Hook up working frequencies.
ui->bandComboBox->setModel (m_config.frequencies ());
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
ui->bandComboBox->setModelColumn (FrequencyList::frequency_mhz_column);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
// combo box drop down width defaults to the line edit + decorator width,
// here we change that to the column width size hint of the model column
ui->bandComboBox->view ()->setMinimumWidth (ui->bandComboBox->view ()->sizeHintForColumn (FrequencyList::frequency_mhz_column));
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Enable live band combo box entry validation and action.
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto band_validator = new LiveFrequencyValidator {ui->bandComboBox
, m_config.bands ()
, m_config.frequencies ()
, &m_freqNominal
, this};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->bandComboBox->setValidator (band_validator);
// Hook up signals.
connect (band_validator, &LiveFrequencyValidator::valid, this, &MainWindow::band_changed);
connect (ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit (), &QLineEdit::textEdited, [this] (QString const&) {m_bandEdited = true;});
// hook up configuration signals
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::transceiver_update, this, &MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update);
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::transceiver_failure, this, &MainWindow::handle_transceiver_failure);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::udp_server_changed, m_messageClient, &MessageClient::set_server);
connect (&m_config, &Configuration::udp_server_port_changed, m_messageClient, &MessageClient::set_server_port);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
// set up configurations menu
m_multi_settings->create_menu_actions (this, ui->menuConfig);
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
m_configurations_button = m_rigErrorMessageBox.addButton (tr ("Configurations...")
, QMessageBox::ActionRole);
Add multiple configurations navigation and management Multiple configurations are accessed and maintained from a new main window menu bar pop up menu "Configurations". The prior settings are the "Default" entry. New configurations may be added by cloning existing ones. Maintenance and navigation is via sub menus for each configuration. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-17 23:39:12 +00:00
Add validation to message entry fields. All message entry fields on the mainscreen and in the macro editing facilities are now restricted to valid characters in the JT65/JT9 free text message alphabet. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4362 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:36:01 +00:00
// set up message text validators
ui->tx1->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx2->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx3->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx4->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx5->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->tx6->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
ui->freeTextMsg->setValidator (new QRegExpValidator {message_alphabet, this});
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Free text macros model to widget hook up.
ui->tx5->setModel (m_config.macros ());
connect (ui->tx5->lineEdit ()
, &QLineEdit::editingFinished
, [this] () {on_tx5_currentTextChanged (ui->tx5->lineEdit ()->text ());});
ui->freeTextMsg->setModel (m_config.macros ());
connect (ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ()
, &QLineEdit::editingFinished
, [this] () {on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ()->text ());});
Made the soft keying CW wave shaper a CMake option (off by default). Reorganized Modulator interface so that it can control the stream it writes to. Make sure only QAudioOutput::stop is called at the end of sending rather than QAudioOutput::reset which discards pending samples. Added a quick close option to the Modulator::stop slot to discard pending buffers if required. Fix issue in CW synthesizer that was causing CW to be inverted occasionally. Made global arrays of symbols volatile because compiler waa optimizing away reads in sound thread. These global variables must go eventually as they are a multi-threading hazard. Simplified TX sequencing to remove some duplicate signals. Increased range of TX attenuator from 10dB to 30dB. This is mainly for non-Windows platforms where the attenuator isn't linearized correctly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3985 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-06 21:58:11 +00:00
connect(&m_guiTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::guiUpdate);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_guiTimer.start(100); //### Don't change the 100 ms! ###
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
ptt0Timer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&ptt0Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::stopTx2);
ptt1Timer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&ptt1Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::startTx2);
1. Blank line (gray background) to decoded text window at start of new decoding minute. 2. LogQSO confirmation screen no longer blocks GUIupdate(). 3. Remove an unused item from Help menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3117 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-29 00:21:26 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
logQSOTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&logQSOTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_logQSOButton_clicked);
Temporary updates... must still improve the Tune-button logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3194 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
tuneButtonTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&tuneButtonTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_stopTxButton_clicked);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
tuneATU_Timer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&tuneATU_Timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::stopTuneATU);
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
killFileTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&killFileTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::killFile);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
uploadTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&uploadTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(uploadSpots()));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
TxAgainTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&TxAgainTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(TxAgain()));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
RxQSYTimer.setSingleShot(true);
connect(&RxQSYTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(RxQSY()));
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
connect(m_wideGraph.data (), SIGNAL(setFreq3(int,int)),this,
SLOT(setFreq4(int,int)));
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
1. Decoded text should now remain left justified even if the font is too large for the window 2. The main window can be expanded wider to allow those with large screens to use larger fonts 3. New class DecodedText handles the formatted text from decoder.f90. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
m_QSOText.clear();
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
decodeBusy(false);
Add mw/W/kW values to the WSPR control for setting Tx power. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6068 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-10 18:11:06 +00:00
QString t1[28]={"1 uW","2 uW","5 uW","10 uW","20 uW","50 uW","100 uW","200 uW","500 uW",
"1 mW","2 mW","5 mW","10 mW","20 mW","50 mW","100 mW","200 mW","500 mW",
"1 W","2 W","5 W","10 W","20 W","50 W","100 W","200 W","500 W","1 kW"};
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
for(int i=0; i<28; i++) { //Initialize dBm values
float dbm=(10.0*i)/3.0 - 30.0;
int ndbm=0;
if(dbm<0) ndbm=int(dbm-0.5);
if(dbm>=0) ndbm=int(dbm+0.5);
QString t;
Add mw/W/kW values to the WSPR control for setting Tx power. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6068 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-10 18:11:06 +00:00
t.sprintf("%d dBm ",ndbm);
t+=t1[i];
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->TxPowerComboBox->addItem(t);
}
Reorganized layout to accomodate Dial Frequency label. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3091 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-25 11:26:11 +00:00
ui->labAz->setStyleSheet("border: 0px;");
ui->labDist->setStyleSheet("border: 0px;");
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
Adjust decodes displays and processing for extra csync indicator after mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 18:53:00 +00:00
auto t = "UTC dB DT Freq Message";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(t);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText(t);
Somehow the relative positions of readSettings() and the "kllbyname" block got inverted, preventing multiple instances from working. It's fixed now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3562 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-17 18:55:31 +00:00
readSettings(); //Restore user's setup params
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
createStatusBar();
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_audioThread.start (m_audioThreadPriority);
Added tuning parameters for audio subsystem. By adding the following section to the initialisation file the audio buffer sizes and audio thread priority may be adjusted. [Tune] Audio\InputBufferFrames=1200 Audio\OutputBufferMs=1000 Audio\ThreadPriority=4 The values above are the program defaults that will be used if the initialisation parameters are omitted. Thread prioritis are the QThread::Priority enumumeration values. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3576 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-27 01:06:23 +00:00
Must get m_bMultipleOK from readSettings() before checking whether to kill running instances of jt9.exe. Note, however, that multiple instances still won't work, because each wsjtx-jt9 pair needs its own shared memory region. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-15 20:01:25 +00:00
#ifdef WIN32
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if (!m_multiple)
{
while(true)
{
int iret=killbyname("jt9.exe");
if(iret == 603) break;
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
if(iret != 0)
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Error Killing jt9.exe Process")
, tr ("KillByName return code: %1")
.arg (iret));
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Must get m_bMultipleOK from readSettings() before checking whether to kill running instances of jt9.exe. Note, however, that multiple instances still won't work, because each wsjtx-jt9 pair needs its own shared memory region. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-15 20:01:25 +00:00
}
#endif
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
auto_tx_label.setText (m_config.quick_call () ? "Auto-Tx-Enable Armed" : "Auto-Tx-Enable Disarmed");
Band settings with multiple antenna descriptions for PSK reporter git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3499 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-23 10:28:22 +00:00
Fix decode button getting stuck on first decode cycle. The ".quit" file that is used to communicate shutdown to the "jt9" sub-process was not getting deleted under some obscure circumstances. If "wsjtx" is started with the ".quit" file in place; "jt9" starts and stops immediately rather than going into it's normal wait state. Probably some sort of race condition between the two processes dying and file and/or shared memory locks. Rather than track the issue down I have added code to ensure that ".quit" is removed before starting "jt9". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3586 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
{
//delete any .quit file that might have been left lying around
//since its presence will cause jt9 to exit a soon as we start it
//and decodes will hang
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile quitFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".quit")};
Fix decode button getting stuck on first decode cycle. The ".quit" file that is used to communicate shutdown to the "jt9" sub-process was not getting deleted under some obscure circumstances. If "wsjtx" is started with the ".quit" file in place; "jt9" starts and stops immediately rather than going into it's normal wait state. Probably some sort of race condition between the two processes dying and file and/or shared memory locks. Rather than track the issue down I have added code to ensure that ".quit" is removed before starting "jt9". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3586 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
while (quitFile.exists ())
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if (!quitFile.remove ())
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Error removing \"%1\"").arg (quitFile.fileName ())
, tr ("Click OK to retry"));
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Fix decode button getting stuck on first decode cycle. The ".quit" file that is used to communicate shutdown to the "jt9" sub-process was not getting deleted under some obscure circumstances. If "wsjtx" is started with the ".quit" file in place; "jt9" starts and stops immediately rather than going into it's normal wait state. Probably some sort of race condition between the two processes dying and file and/or shared memory locks. Rather than track the issue down I have added code to ensure that ".quit" is removed before starting "jt9". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3586 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-29 21:23:06 +00:00
}
}
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
//Create .lock so jt9 will wait
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
Full activation of "Multiple Instances", thanks to some code by Josh Rovero, KK1D. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3495 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-19 00:23:40 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QStringList jt9_args {
Use the OpenMp parallel decoding jt9 in WSJT-X The temporary development version of jt9 called jt9_omp is now the default jt9. This means that parallel decoding of JT65 and JT9 is the default on platforms that support OpenMP. If parallel decoding is not required or desired, it can be constrained by setting the environment variable OMP_THREAD_LIMIT=1. In dual mode operating this will deliver all decodes of the current mode before any decodes of the other with the potential impact of taking up to twice as long to finish decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4960 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-13 16:55:47 +00:00
"-s", QApplication::applicationName () // shared memory key,
// includes rig-name
Reduced FFTW patience to 1 for debug builds for fastest startup Don't make proper Windows applications in debug builds. This means that the debug output now goes to the console and the program (wsjtx.exe) no longer detaches from the console. If you require a proper Windows executable, for instance if you are getting the debug output via the normal method of attaching a debugger, you can still do so by setting the CMake configuration option WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN to ON for your debug build configuration on Windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5249 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-20 15:20:38 +00:00
#ifdef NDEBUG
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
, "-w", "1" //FFTW patience - release
Reduced FFTW patience to 1 for debug builds for fastest startup Don't make proper Windows applications in debug builds. This means that the debug output now goes to the console and the program (wsjtx.exe) no longer detaches from the console. If you require a proper Windows executable, for instance if you are getting the debug output via the normal method of attaching a debugger, you can still do so by setting the CMake configuration option WSJT_CREATE_WINMAIN to ON for your debug build configuration on Windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5249 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-20 15:20:38 +00:00
#else
, "-w", "1" //FFTW patience - debug builds for speed
#endif
Use the OpenMp parallel decoding jt9 in WSJT-X The temporary development version of jt9 called jt9_omp is now the default jt9. This means that parallel decoding of JT65 and JT9 is the default on platforms that support OpenMP. If parallel decoding is not required or desired, it can be constrained by setting the environment variable OMP_THREAD_LIMIT=1. In dual mode operating this will deliver all decodes of the current mode before any decodes of the other with the potential impact of taking up to twice as long to finish decoding. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4960 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-13 16:55:47 +00:00
// The number of threads for FFTW specified here is chosen as
// three because that gives the best throughput of the large
// FFTs used in jt9. The count is the minimum of (the number
// available CPU threads less one) and three. This ensures that
// there is always at least one free CPU thread to run the other
// mode decoder in parallel.
, "-m", QString::number (qMin (qMax (QThread::idealThreadCount () - 1, 1), 3)) //FFTW threads
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
, "-e", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_appDir)
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
, "-a", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_dataDir.absolutePath ())
, "-t", QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_config.temp_dir ().absolutePath ())
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
};
Should have been included in previous commit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4611 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-20 19:01:52 +00:00
proc_jt9.start(QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_appDir) + QDir::separator () +
"jt9", jt9_args, QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Unbuffered);
Added "Tune" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_wisdom.dat"))};
Add wisdom for the FFTs done by symspec_(), wsjtx[.exe]. Also complete the wrapper code in wisdom.c. TBD: should be possible to use fftw3f.f03 instead of the ad hoc wisdom.c. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-21 15:17:22 +00:00
QByteArray cfname=fname.toLocal8Bit();
Silence compiler warning. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-21 22:10:25 +00:00
fftwf_import_wisdom_from_filename(cfname);
Add wisdom for the FFTs done by symspec_(), wsjtx[.exe]. Also complete the wrapper code in wisdom.c. TBD: should be possible to use fftw3f.f03 instead of the ad hoc wisdom.c. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-21 15:17:22 +00:00
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_ntx = 6;
A number of minor cleanup efforts: 1. F1 accesses User's Guide for v1.2. 2. Larger font for "S" on the ui->readFreq button. 3. Finish removing the no-longer-used #ifdef's relaied to psk_reporter calls. 4. Set m_ntx=6 (Tx message #6) at program startup. 5. Remove obsolete file soundin_1.cpp. 6. Update credits displayed in the "About" window and in User's Guide. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3527 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-06 17:22:33 +00:00
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
connect (&m_wav_future_watcher, &QFutureWatcher<void>::finished, this, &MainWindow::diskDat);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
connect(&watcher3, SIGNAL(finished()),this,SLOT(fast_decode_done()));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
// Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (), m_framesAudioInputBuffered, &m_detector, m_downSampleFactor, m_config.audio_input_channel ());
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (), m_framesAudioInputBuffered, m_detector, m_downSampleFactor, m_config.audio_input_channel ());
Rearranged sequencing of audio streams and devices. The code was starting streams linked to closed devices which may be causing issues on the Mac version. I have refactored to ensure that devices are always opened before related audio streams are started. Made .h C++ headers emacs friendly. Removed some code in the MainWindow contructor that read the log file but failed to check if the file exists and didn't do anything with the data anyway. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3977 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 19:29:13 +00:00
Q_EMIT initializeAudioOutputStream (m_config.audio_output_device (), AudioDevice::Mono == m_config.audio_output_channel () ? 1 : 2, m_msAudioOutputBuffered);
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
First version of DXCC entity and worked B4 status git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3512 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
Shading on Tab 2 labels. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3177 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-16 16:36:13 +00:00
ui->label_9->setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #aabec8}");
ui->label_10->setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #aabec8}");
Write dial frequency and JT9 submode to all.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3232 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-27 13:11:29 +00:00
Make sure that split doesn't get enabled on WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6150 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-22 14:39:36 +00:00
// this must be done before initializing the mode as some modes need
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// to turn off split on the rig e.g. WSPR
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
m_config.transceiver_online ();
Added CMake option to control experimental features. Sometimes parts of the application are not fully ready for release at release time. This option allows such features to be enabled conditionally at configure time. The CMake option WSJT_ENABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES is used to control this ability. Normally you will not need to change it as it behaves in a reasonable way. The option is ON in debug build configurations and OFF in non-debug configuratiuons. The option is made available in all source modules via the WSJT_ENABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES macro which is defined to 1 if the option is ON and to 0 if it is OFF. Since this default behavior is potentially dangerous because it can mean that release builds contain different code from debug builds; the option may be set to OFF in debug configurations in the normal way (cmake-gui, edit CMakeCache.txt, etc.) to achieve a debug build similar to a default release build. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4182 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-06-19 16:47:49 +00:00
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
bool vhf {m_config.enable_VHF_features ()};
bool b = vhf and (m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or
m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="JT9" or
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="QRA64");
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
VHF_controls_visible(b);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(m_txFirst);
morse_(const_cast<char *> (m_config.my_callsign ().toLatin1().constData()),
const_cast<int *> (icw), &m_ncw, m_config.my_callsign ().length());
on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered();
m_wideGraph->setTol(500);
m_wideGraph->setLockTxFreq(m_lockTxFreq);
ui->sbFtol->setValue(m_FtolIndex);
on_sbFtol_valueChanged(m_FtolIndex);
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setChecked(m_bAutoSeq);
Save/Restore status of Sh box. Limit range of auto-generated short-message reports to -4 to +10 dB. Include +/- sign in all reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6907 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
ui->cbShMsgs->setChecked(m_bShMsgs);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(m_bFast9);
if(m_bFast9) m_bFastMode=true;
Fix some initialization order issues introduced in r6755 These include the wide graph window not being suppressed when starting the application in a fast mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6762 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT4") on_actionJT4_triggered();
if(m_mode=="JT9") on_actionJT9_triggered();
if(m_mode=="JT65") on_actionJT65_triggered();
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered();
if(m_mode=="WSPR-2") on_actionWSPR_2_triggered();
if(m_mode=="WSPR-15") on_actionWSPR_15_triggered();
if(m_mode=="Echo") on_actionEcho_triggered();
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") on_actionISCAT_triggered();
if(m_mode=="MSK144") on_actionMSK144_triggered();
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") on_actionQRA64_triggered();
Fix some initialization order issues introduced in r6755 These include the wide graph window not being suppressed when starting the application in a fast mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6762 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 18:50:41 +00:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") monitor(false); //Don't auto-start Monitor in Echo mode.
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
ui->sbSubmode->setValue (vhf ? m_nSubMode : 0);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
ui->sbTR->setValue(m_TRindex);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") {
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (1000.0);
} else {
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - m_XIT);
}
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_saveDecoded=ui->actionSave_decoded->isChecked();
m_saveAll=ui->actionSave_all->isChecked();
ui->inGain->setValue(m_inGain);
ui->sbTxPercent->setValue(m_pctx);
ui->TxPowerComboBox->setCurrentIndex(int(0.3*(m_dBm + 30.0)+0.2));
ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setChecked(m_uploadSpots);
ui->sbCQRxFreq->setValue(m_freqCQ);
ui->cbTxLock->setChecked(m_lockTxFreq);
if((m_ndepth&7)==1) ui->actionQuickDecode->setChecked(true);
if((m_ndepth&7)==2) ui->actionMediumDecode->setChecked(true);
if((m_ndepth&7)==3) ui->actionDeepestDecode->setChecked(true);
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setChecked((m_ndepth&16)>0);
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setChecked((m_ndepth&32)>0);
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
m_UTCdisk=-1;
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_ntx = 1;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_pctx>0) {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
QPalette palette {ui->sbTxPercent->palette ()};
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::yellow);
ui->sbTxPercent->setPalette(palette);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
fixStop();
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled(m_config.enable_VHF_features());
Add markers for RO RRR 73 messages on the Wide Graph scale. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 16:46:52 +00:00
g_single_decode=m_config.single_decode();
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar.setMaximum(m_TRperiod);
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
connect( wsprNet, SIGNAL(uploadStatus(QString)), this, SLOT(uploadResponse(QString)));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_bFastMode) {
int ntr[]={5,10,15,30};
m_TRperiod=ntr[m_TRindex-11];
}
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
statusChanged();
Startup messge box for Alpha Release. New sigma limit in detectmsk40. Minor tweaks to GUI. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6994 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-04 15:20:16 +00:00
Some progress in QRA01 --> QRA02. Correct minor flaws in mode setting and plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6829 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 12:46:14 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
connect (&minuteTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::on_the_minute);
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (true);
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
minuteTimer.start (ms_minute_error () + 60 * 1000);
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
connect (&splashTimer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &MainWindow::splash_done);
splashTimer.setSingleShot (true);
splashTimer.start (20 * 1000);
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
// this must be the last statement of constructor
if (!m_valid) throw std::runtime_error {"Fatal initialization exception"};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
More code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
void MainWindow::splash_done ()
{
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
m_splash && m_splash->close ();
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_the_minute ()
{
if (minuteTimer.isSingleShot ())
{
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (false);
minuteTimer.start (60 * 1000); // run free
}
else
{
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
auto const& ms_error = ms_minute_error ();
if (qAbs (ms_error) > 1000) // keep drift within +-1s
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
{
minuteTimer.setSingleShot (true);
Fix minute timer git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6864 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-04 02:31:50 +00:00
minuteTimer.start (ms_error + 60 * 1000);
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
}
Further Tx watchdog refinements This should allow receivers of UDP Status messages to accurately track the Tx watchdog status. Also some defects in the Tx watchdog logic are repaired. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6900 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 02:27:57 +00:00
if (m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR"))
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
{
Further Tx watchdog refinements This should allow receivers of UDP Status messages to accurately track the Tx watchdog status. Also some defects in the Tx watchdog logic are repaired. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6900 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 02:27:57 +00:00
if (m_idleMinutes < m_config.watchdog ()) ++m_idleMinutes;
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
update_watchdog_label ();
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
else
{
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
tx_watchdog (false);
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
}
More code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
//--------------------------------------------------- MainWindow destructor
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
MainWindow::~MainWindow()
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_astroWidget.reset ();
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_wisdom.dat"))};
Add wisdom for the FFTs done by symspec_(), wsjtx[.exe]. Also complete the wrapper code in wisdom.c. TBD: should be possible to use fftw3f.f03 instead of the ad hoc wisdom.c. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4617 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-21 15:17:22 +00:00
QByteArray cfname=fname.toLocal8Bit();
fftwf_export_wisdom_to_filename(cfname);
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_audioThread.quit ();
m_audioThread.wait ();
Ensure all main window child widgets are added to teh event filter This makes all child widgets able to reset the Tx watchdog by mouse click or key press. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6881 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 20:16:38 +00:00
remove_child_from_event_filter (this);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
//-------------------------------------------------------- writeSettings()
void MainWindow::writeSettings()
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings->beginGroup("MainWindow");
m_settings->setValue ("geometry", saveGeometry ());
m_settings->setValue ("state", saveState ());
m_settings->setValue("MRUdir", m_path);
m_settings->setValue("TxFirst",m_txFirst);
m_settings->setValue("DXcall",ui->dxCallEntry->text());
m_settings->setValue("DXgrid",ui->dxGridEntry->text());
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_settings->setValue ("AstroDisplayed", m_astroWidget && m_astroWidget->isVisible());
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_settings->setValue ("MsgAvgDisplayed", m_msgAvgWidget && m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible());
Save the last used free text message between runs. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3982 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-03 21:55:51 +00:00
m_settings->setValue ("FreeText", ui->freeTextMsg->currentText ());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings->endGroup();
m_settings->beginGroup("Common");
m_settings->setValue("Mode",m_mode);
m_settings->setValue("ModeTx",m_modeTx);
m_settings->setValue("SaveNone",ui->actionNone->isChecked());
m_settings->setValue("SaveDecoded",ui->actionSave_decoded->isChecked());
m_settings->setValue("SaveAll",ui->actionSave_all->isChecked());
m_settings->setValue("NDepth",m_ndepth);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("RxFreq",ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value());
m_settings->setValue("TxFreq",ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("WSPRfreq",ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->value());
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("TRindex",ui->sbTR->value());
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("SubMode",ui->sbSubmode->value());
m_settings->setValue("DTtol",m_DTtol);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("FtolIndex",m_FtolIndex);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("MinSync",m_minSync);
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("AutoSeq",m_bAutoSeq);
Save/Restore status of Sh box. Limit range of auto-generated short-message reports to -4 to +10 dB. Include +/- sign in all reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6907 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("ShMsgs",m_bShMsgs);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_settings->setValue ("DialFreq", QVariant::fromValue(m_lastMonitoredFrequency));
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("InGain",m_inGain);
m_settings->setValue("OutAttenuation", ui->outAttenuation->value ());
m_settings->setValue("NoSuffix",m_noSuffix);
m_settings->setValue("GUItab",ui->tabWidget->currentIndex());
m_settings->setValue("OutBufSize",outBufSize);
m_settings->setValue("LockTxFreq",m_lockTxFreq);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("PctTx",m_pctx);
m_settings->setValue("dBm",m_dBm);
Now 6 digit locators are possible again add option to prefer type 1 WSPR messages This option, on by default, maintains backwards compatibility for non-compound callsign holders. If switched off and they have specified a 6 digit grid then it will be sent in the type 2 protocol using two messages and a hashed callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7053 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-03 23:33:13 +00:00
m_settings->setValue ("WSPRPreferType1", ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->isChecked ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("UploadSpots",m_uploadSpots);
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
m_settings->setValue ("BandHopping", ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked ());
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("TRindex",m_TRindex);
m_settings->setValue("FastMode",m_bFastMode);
m_settings->setValue("Fast9",m_bFast9);
m_settings->setValue("CQRxfreq",m_freqCQ);
Remember power level setting used for tune Patch provided by Mike W9MDB, thanks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6281 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 15:32:11 +00:00
m_settings->setValue("TuneAttenuation",m_tune_attenuation);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings->endGroup();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
//---------------------------------------------------------- readSettings()
void MainWindow::readSettings()
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings->beginGroup("MainWindow");
restoreGeometry (m_settings->value ("geometry", saveGeometry ()).toByteArray ());
restoreState (m_settings->value ("state", saveState ()).toByteArray ());
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
ui->dxCallEntry->setText (m_settings->value ("DXcall", QString {}).toString ());
ui->dxGridEntry->setText (m_settings->value ("DXgrid", QString {}).toString ());
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_path = m_settings->value("MRUdir", m_config.save_directory ().absolutePath ()).toString ();
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_txFirst = m_settings->value("TxFirst",false).toBool();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
auto displayAstro = m_settings->value ("AstroDisplayed", false).toBool ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
auto displayMsgAvg = m_settings->value ("MsgAvgDisplayed", false).toBool ();
if (m_settings->contains ("FreeText")) ui->freeTextMsg->setCurrentText (
m_settings->value ("FreeText").toString ());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings->endGroup();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// do this outside of settings group because it uses groups internally
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
ui->actionAstronomical_data->setChecked (displayAstro);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_settings->beginGroup("Common");
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_mode=m_settings->value("Mode","JT9").toString();
m_modeTx=m_settings->value("ModeTx","JT9").toString();
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
if(m_modeTx.mid(0,3)=="JT9") ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
Warning: these changes have not yet been thoroughly tested! 1. Correct the TxMode label on program startup. 2. Insert TxMode (not RxMode) into the "Transmitting..." lines in ALL.TXT. 3. Put TxMode in wsjtx_status.txt. 4. F4 clears Az, Dist, and all Tx messages as well as DxCall and DxGrid. 5. Make it possible to decode JT9 in the "JT65 region", and vice-versa, with directed double-click on signal in waterfall. 6. Improved logic for enabling/disabling TestPTT button on setup screen. 7. Do not call getFreq() when TestPTT is activated under CAT control. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
ui->actionNone->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveNone",true).toBool());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->actionSave_decoded->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveDecoded",false).toBool());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
ui->actionSave_all->setChecked(m_settings->value("SaveAll",false).toBool());
Ensure Tx and Rx cursor are initialized from settings git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5072 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-18 16:28:49 +00:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("RxFreq",1500).toInt());
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_nSubMode=m_settings->value("SubMode",0).toInt();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_FtolIndex=m_settings->value("FtolIndex",21).toInt();
// ui->FTol_combo_box->setCurrentText(m_settings->value("FTol","500").toString ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->syncSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("MinSync",0).toInt());
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
m_bAutoSeq=m_settings->value("AutoSeq",false).toBool();
Save/Restore status of Sh box. Limit range of auto-generated short-message reports to -4 to +10 dB. Include +/- sign in all reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6907 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
m_bShMsgs=m_settings->value("ShMsgs",false).toBool();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFast9=m_settings->value("Fast9",false).toBool();
m_bFastMode=m_settings->value("FastMode",false).toBool();
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_TRindex=m_settings->value("TRindex",0).toInt();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_lastMonitoredFrequency = m_settings->value ("DialFreq",
QVariant::fromValue<Frequency> (default_frequency)).value<Frequency> ();
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("WSPRfreq",1500).toInt());
Ensure Tx and Rx cursor are initialized from settings git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5072 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-18 16:28:49 +00:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(0); // ensure a change is signaled
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(m_settings->value("TxFreq",1500).toInt());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_ndepth=m_settings->value("NDepth",3).toInt();
m_inGain=m_settings->value("InGain",0).toInt();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_pctx=m_settings->value("PctTx",20).toInt();
m_dBm=m_settings->value("dBm",37).toInt();
Now 6 digit locators are possible again add option to prefer type 1 WSPR messages This option, on by default, maintains backwards compatibility for non-compound callsign holders. If switched off and they have specified a 6 digit grid then it will be sent in the type 2 protocol using two messages and a hashed callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7053 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-03 23:33:13 +00:00
ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->setChecked (m_settings->value ("WSPRPreferType1", true).toBool ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_uploadSpots=m_settings->value("UploadSpots",false).toBool();
if(!m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet("QCheckBox{background-color: yellow}");
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
ui->band_hopping_group_box->setChecked (m_settings->value ("BandHopping", false).toBool());
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
// setup initial value of tx attenuator
Make sure tune power tool tip only shows when adjusting the tune power using the UI git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6761 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 18:50:34 +00:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip = true;
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
ui->outAttenuation->setValue (m_settings->value ("OutAttenuation", 0).toInt ());
Make sure tune power tool tip only shows when adjusting the tune power using the UI git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6761 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 18:50:34 +00:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip = false;
Remember power level setting used for tune Patch provided by Mike W9MDB, thanks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6281 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 15:32:11 +00:00
m_tune_attenuation = m_settings->value ("TuneAttenuation", 0).toInt ();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_freqCQ=m_settings->value("CQRxFreq",285).toInt();
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_noSuffix=m_settings->value("NoSuffix",false).toBool();
int n=m_settings->value("GUItab",0).toInt();
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(n);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
outBufSize=m_settings->value("OutBufSize",4096).toInt();
m_lockTxFreq=m_settings->value("LockTxFreq",false).toBool();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_TRindex=m_settings->value("TRindex",4).toInt();
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_settings->endGroup();
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// use these initialisation settings to tune the audio o/p buffer
Added tuning parameters for audio subsystem. By adding the following section to the initialisation file the audio buffer sizes and audio thread priority may be adjusted. [Tune] Audio\InputBufferFrames=1200 Audio\OutputBufferMs=1000 Audio\ThreadPriority=4 The values above are the program defaults that will be used if the initialisation parameters are omitted. Thread prioritis are the QThread::Priority enumumeration values. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3576 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-27 01:06:23 +00:00
// size and audio thread priority
m_settings->beginGroup ("Tune");
m_msAudioOutputBuffered = m_settings->value ("Audio/OutputBufferMs").toInt ();
m_framesAudioInputBuffered = m_settings->value ("Audio/InputBufferFrames", RX_SAMPLE_RATE / 10).toInt ();
m_audioThreadPriority = static_cast<QThread::Priority> (m_settings->value ("Audio/ThreadPriority", QThread::HighPriority).toInt () % 8);
m_settings->endGroup ();
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
if (displayMsgAvg) on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::setDecodedTextFont (QFont const& font)
{
Sort out decoded text font and font changes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5159 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-05 12:22:01 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->setContentFont (font);
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setContentFont (font);
Fix font setting Several issues mainly related to the rather complex interaction of style sheets and widget properties with respect to fonts. Font setting on the astro window should now be consistent and not overridden by application style sheet driven font settings. Decoded text font setting should now be consistent and not revert back to Courier 10 on the next decode after a font change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5179 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-07 12:08:55 +00:00
auto style_sheet = "QLabel {" + font_as_stylesheet (font) + '}';
Bring colour settings into line with general configuration strategy Colours behave like other configuration items and changes are only applied when the Settings UI is dismissed via the "OK" button. Simplified font settings and use style sheets consistently to set the application and decoded text fonts. This is necessary because any UI widget that has a style sheet applied does not honor a font set by QWidget::setFont() even if there is no font setting in the style sheet, this is broken behaviour IMHO but that is the way Qt currently works. Use a style sheet to style the frequency display and clock. This is necessary to allow fonts to be cascaded through parent style sheets and still be overridden on these widgets. Simplify the decoded text widgets, there is no need to use the QTextBrowser as a super class since the simpler QTextEdit set as read-only is sufficient. Also removed colour setting via a background brush as it doesn't work and the HTML 'bgcolor' attribute works correctly. Change to UI properties of the decoded text widgets to allow horizontal scrolling if required, this allows larger fonts to be used without truncating decoded messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4957 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-13 08:53:02 +00:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setStyleSheet (ui->decodedTextLabel->styleSheet () + style_sheet);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setStyleSheet (ui->decodedTextLabel2->styleSheet () + style_sheet);
Message averaging window fonts controlled by configuration Use the decoded text font for the message averaging window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6684 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-18 23:22:24 +00:00
if (m_msgAvgWidget) {
m_msgAvgWidget->changeFont (font);
}
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
updateGeometry ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
void MainWindow::fixStop()
{
Fix a bug intruduced in r7060 that prevented reading .wav files in fast modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7069 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 17:46:09 +00:00
m_hsymStop=179;
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR-2") {
m_hsymStop=396;
} else if(m_mode=="WSPR-15") {
m_hsymStop=3090;
} else if(m_mode=="Echo") {
m_hsymStop=10;
} else if (m_mode=="JT4"){
m_hsymStop=176;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=184;
} else if (m_mode=="JT9"){
m_hsymStop=173;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
} else if (m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="JT9+JT65"){
m_hsymStop=174;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=183;
} else if (m_mode=="QRA64"){
m_hsymStop=180;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=188;
}
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
//-------------------------------------------------------------- dataSink()
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
void MainWindow::dataSink(qint64 frames)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
static float s[NSMAX];
Progress on symspecx and timf2x, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
int k (frames);
First working code offering optional computation and use of a reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
QString fname {QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("refspec.dat"))};
QByteArray bafname = fname.toLatin1();
const char *c_fname = bafname.data();
int len=fname.length();
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if(m_diskData) {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=1;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Minor code cleanup... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-21 19:35:10 +00:00
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
fastSink(frames);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
return;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
Do not apply reference spectrum in fast modes Using the reference spectrum discards a short part of the front of the period's received samples which may have contained a decode candidate. As far as the MSK modes are concerned the reference spectrum correction is probably not applicable anyway. Comment from Steve K9AN after offline discussions about this: "In any case, I don’t think that there is any reason to apply the reference spectrum correction to the MSK modes. I do think that we are paying a performance penalty in the MSK modes for non-ideal filter responses at the TX and RX ends of the link — but we would need to implement an equalizer that looks at the received sync words as a “training sequence” in order to come up with anything that could improve the results. This would take into account the receiver and transmitter filters, and would probably be different for every TX/RX/meteor burst. My current thinking is that for the low SNRs that we are most interested in, and with the short sync words that we use, we wouldn’t be able to do a very good job of estimating the coefficients of the equalizer..." git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6776 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-13 19:52:23 +00:00
m_bUseRef=m_wideGraph->useRef();
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
refspectrum_(&dec_data.d2[k-m_nsps/2],&m_bRefSpec,&m_bUseRef,c_fname,len);
Do not apply reference spectrum in fast modes Using the reference spectrum discards a short part of the front of the period's received samples which may have contained a decode candidate. As far as the MSK modes are concerned the reference spectrum correction is probably not applicable anyway. Comment from Steve K9AN after offline discussions about this: "In any case, I don’t think that there is any reason to apply the reference spectrum correction to the MSK modes. I do think that we are paying a performance penalty in the MSK modes for non-ideal filter responses at the TX and RX ends of the link — but we would need to implement an equalizer that looks at the received sync words as a “training sequence” in order to come up with anything that could improve the results. This would take into account the receiver and transmitter filters, and would probably be different for every TX/RX/meteor burst. My current thinking is that for the low SNRs that we are most interested in, and with the short sync words that we use, we wouldn’t be able to do a very good job of estimating the coefficients of the equalizer..." git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6776 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-13 19:52:23 +00:00
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
// Get power, spectrum, and ihsym
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
int trmin=m_TRperiod/60;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
// int k (frames - 1);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.nfa=m_wideGraph->nStartFreq();
dec_data.params.nfb=m_wideGraph->Fmax();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int nsps=m_nsps;
if(m_bFastMode) nsps=6912;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
int nsmo=m_wideGraph->smoothYellow()-1;
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
symspec_(&dec_data,&k,&trmin,&nsps,&m_inGain,&nsmo,&m_px,s,&m_df3,&m_ihsym,&m_npts8);
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR-2") wspr_downsample_(dec_data.d2,&k);
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if(m_ihsym <=0) return;
Progress on symspecx and timf2x, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
QString t;
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_pctZap=m_nzap*100.0/m_nsps; // TODO: this is currently redundant
t.sprintf(" Rx noise: %5.1f ",m_px);
Do not access ui widgets after the UI has been destroyed During orderly close down the UI can be destroyed while Rx audio blocks are still being delivered. Therefore the UI pointer must be checked in MainWindow::datasink before attempting to access the UI widgets. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6683 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 20:45:40 +00:00
if (ui) ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(m_px); // Update thermometer
Progress on symspecx and timf2x, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
if(m_monitoring || m_diskData) {
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_wideGraph->dataSink2(s,m_df3,m_ihsym,m_diskData);
Running OK with sound input, and plotting green line. Next task: implement specjtms() in new fashion. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2507 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-12 21:22:55 +00:00
}
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
fixStop();
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if(m_ihsym==3*m_hsymStop/4) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_dialFreqRxWSPR=m_freqNominal;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if(m_ihsym == m_hsymStop) {
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
Basic functionality of Echo spectrum is in place. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
float snr=0;
int nfrit=0;
int nqual=0;
float f1=1500.0;
Results of Echo mode to text window. (Not yet calibrated!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5567 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 19:04:21 +00:00
float xlevel=0.0;
Basic functionality of Echo spectrum is in place. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
float sigdb=0.0;
float dfreq=0.0;
float width=0.0;
echocom_.nclearave=m_nclearave;
Echo spectrum appears OK; must test Doppler corrections in both modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5559 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 00:43:07 +00:00
int nDop=0;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
avecho_(dec_data.d2,&nDop,&nfrit,&nqual,&f1,&xlevel,&sigdb,
Basic functionality of Echo spectrum is in place. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
&snr,&dfreq,&width);
Results of Echo mode to text window. (Not yet calibrated!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5567 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 19:04:21 +00:00
QString t;
t.sprintf("%3d %7.1f %7.1f %7.1f %7.1f %3d",echocom_.nsum,xlevel,sigdb,
dfreq,width,nqual);
t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("hh:mm:ss ") + t;
Do not access ui widgets after the UI has been destroyed During orderly close down the UI can be destroyed while Rx audio blocks are still being delivered. Therefore the UI pointer must be checked in MainWindow::datasink before attempting to access the UI widgets. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6683 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 20:45:40 +00:00
if (ui) ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
if(m_echoGraph->isVisible()) m_echoGraph->plotSpec();
Basic functionality of Echo spectrum is in place. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 19:42:20 +00:00
m_nclearave=0;
Correct the bounds error test in avecho. Ensure proper GUI controls visible in Echo mode. Reset nsum=0 when Tx Enable is toggled ON in Echo mode. Don't restart Monitor after finishing a sequence of Echo transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
//Don't restart Monitor after an Echo transmission
Fix logical flaw in Echo mode sequencing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5585 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 15:48:00 +00:00
if(m_bEchoTxed and !m_auto) {
monitor(false);
m_bEchoTxed=false;
}
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
return;
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if( m_dialFreqRxWSPR==0) m_dialFreqRxWSPR=m_freqNominal;
Updates to Users Guide. Double-click on waterfall sets Tol to a reduced (mode-dependent) value. Tol is saved/restored on program restart. Added digital gain slider for setting input level. Garbage decode "15P6715P67WCV" is rejected. Arrays ss and c0 are copied and saved when newdat=1. Further processing is done on the copies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2712 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-01 19:54:40 +00:00
m_dataAvailable=true;
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
dec_data.params.npts8=(m_ihsym*m_nsps)/16;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.newdat=1;
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
dec_data.params.nzhsym=m_hsymStop;
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
QDateTime now {QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ()};
m_dateTime = now.toString ("yyyy-MMM-dd hh:mm");
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) decode(); //Start decoder
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Save all files, then possibly remove after decoding finishes. Some code cleanup; remove unused code. Add sub-mode number to wsjtx_rx.log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2767 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 14:36:45 +00:00
if(!m_diskData) { //Always save; may delete later
Fix a regression in WSPR saved file names from r6806 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6807 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:31:25 +00:00
auto const& period_start = now.addSecs (-(now.time ().minute () % (m_TRperiod / 60)) * 60);
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
m_fnameWE = m_config.save_directory ().absoluteFilePath (period_start.toString ("yyMMdd_hhmm"));
Only delete last .wav file on exit if it is not to be saved Also enhanced delete .wav files menu entry to delete .c2 files as well. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5672 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
m_fileToSave.clear ();
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
// the following is potential a threading hazard - not a good
// idea to pass pointer to be processed in another thread
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
m_saveWAVWatcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (&MainWindow::save_wave_file
, this
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
, m_fnameWE
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
, &dec_data.d2[0]
, m_TRperiod
, m_config.my_callsign ()
, m_config.my_grid ()
, m_mode
, m_nSubMode
, m_freqNominal
, m_hisCall
, m_hisGrid)));
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if (m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
QString c2name_string {m_fnameWE + ".c2"};
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
int len1=c2name_string.length();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
char c2name[80];
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
strcpy(c2name,c2name_string.toLatin1 ().constData ());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
int nsec=120;
int nbfo=1500;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
double f0m1500=m_freqNominal/1000000.0 + nbfo - 1500;
Produce a warning message if the WSPR .c2 file cannot be written Thanks to Mike W9MDB for this patch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7039 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-29 17:01:38 +00:00
int err = savec2_(c2name,&nsec,&f0m1500,len1);
if (err!=0) MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Error saving c2 file"), c2name);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
QString t2,cmnd;
double f0m1500=m_dialFreqRxWSPR/1000000.0; // + 0.000001*(m_BFO - 1500);
t2.sprintf(" -f %.6f ",f0m1500);
if(m_diskData) {
// cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wsprd " + m_path;
cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wsprd -a \"" +
Quote file name passed to wsprd git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6292 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-18 12:44:04 +00:00
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_dataDir.absolutePath()) + "\" \"" + m_path + "\"";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
// if(m_TRseconds==900) cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wsprd -m 15" + t2 +
// m_path + '"';
} else {
cmnd='"' + m_appDir + '"' + "/wsprd -a \"" +
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_dataDir.absolutePath()) + "\" " +
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
t2 + '"' + m_fnameWE + ".wav\"";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
QString t3=cmnd;
int i1=cmnd.indexOf("/wsprd ");
cmnd=t3.mid(0,i1+7) + t3.mid(i1+7);
Do not access ui widgets after the UI has been destroyed During orderly close down the UI can be destroyed while Rx audio blocks are still being delivered. Therefore the UI pointer must be checked in MainWindow::datasink before attempting to access the UI widgets. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6683 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 20:45:40 +00:00
if (ui) ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (true);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
p1.start(QDir::toNativeSeparators(cmnd));
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
m_decoderBusy = true;
statusUpdate ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_rxDone=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
QString MainWindow::save_wave_file (QString const& name
, short const * data
, int seconds
, QString const& my_callsign
, QString const& my_grid
, QString const& mode
, qint32 sub_mode
, Frequency frequency
, QString const& his_call
, QString const& his_grid) const
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
{
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
//
// This member function runs in a thread and should not access
// members that may be changed in the GUI thread or any other thread
// without suitable synchronization.
//
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
QAudioFormat format;
format.setCodec ("audio/pcm");
format.setSampleRate (12000);
format.setChannelCount (1);
format.setSampleSize (16);
format.setSampleType (QAudioFormat::SignedInt);
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
auto source = QString {"%1, %2"}.arg (my_callsign).arg (my_grid);
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
auto comment = QString {"Mode=%1%2, Freq=%3%4"}
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
.arg (mode)
.arg (QString {mode.contains ('J') && !mode.contains ('+')
? QString {", Sub Mode="} + QChar {'A' + sub_mode}
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
: QString {}})
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
.arg (Radio::frequency_MHz_string (frequency))
.arg (QString {!mode.startsWith ("WSPR") ? QString {", DXCall=%1, DXGrid=%2"}
.arg (his_call)
.arg (his_grid).toLocal8Bit () : ""});
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
BWFFile::InfoDictionary list_info {
Fix another CLang++ warning git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6410 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-20 20:50:24 +00:00
{{{'I','S','R','C'}}, source.toLocal8Bit ()},
{{{'I','S','F','T'}}, program_title (revision ()).simplified ().toLocal8Bit ()},
{{{'I','C','R','D'}}, QDateTime::currentDateTime ()
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
.toString ("yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.zzzZ").toLocal8Bit ()},
Fix another CLang++ warning git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6410 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-20 20:50:24 +00:00
{{{'I','C','M','T'}}, comment.toLocal8Bit ()},
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
};
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
BWFFile wav {format, name + ".wav", list_info};
if (!wav.open (BWFFile::WriteOnly)
|| 0 > wav.write (reinterpret_cast<char const *> (data)
, sizeof (short) * seconds * format.sampleRate ()))
{
return wav.errorString ();
}
return QString {};
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
//-------------------------------------------------------------- fastSink()
void MainWindow::fastSink(qint64 frames)
{
int k (frames);
bool decodeNow=false;
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
if(k < m_k0) { //New sequence ?
memcpy(fast_green2,fast_green,4*703); //Copy fast_green[] to fast_green2[]
memcpy(fast_s2,fast_s,4*703*64); //Copy fast_s[] into fast_s2[]
fast_jh2=fast_jh;
if(!m_diskData) memset(dec_data.d2,0,2*30*12000); //Zero the d2[] array
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastDecodeCalled=false;
}
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
QDateTime tnow=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
int ihr=tnow.toString("hh").toInt();
int imin=tnow.toString("mm").toInt();
int isec=tnow.toString("ss").toInt();
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
int nutc0=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
if(m_diskData) nutc0=m_UTCdisk;
char line[80];
bool bmsk144=((m_mode=="MSK144") and (m_monitoring or m_diskData));
bmsk144=bmsk144 && m_config.realTimeDecode();
line[0]=0;
hspec_(dec_data.d2,&k,&nutc0,&m_TRperiod, &m_Ftol, &bmsk144,&m_inGain,fast_green,
fast_s,&fast_jh, &line[0],80);
Remove the arbitrary "-5 dB" from signal-meter readings. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 12:51:34 +00:00
float px = fast_green[fast_jh];
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QString t;
t.sprintf(" Rx noise: %5.1f ",px);
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(px); // Update thermometer
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
m_fastGraph->plotSpec(m_diskData,m_UTCdisk);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
//###
if(bmsk144 and (line[0]!=0)) {
QString message=QString::fromLatin1(line);
DecodedText decodedtext;
decodedtext=message.replace("\n","");
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
m_logBook,m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),m_config.color_DXCC(),
m_config.color_NewCall());
m_bDecoded=true;
}
//###
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
decodeNow=false;
m_k0=k;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
if(m_diskData and m_k0 >= dec_data.params.kin - 7 * 512) decodeNow=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(!m_diskData and m_tRemaining<0.35 and !m_bFastDecodeCalled) decodeNow=true;
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
if(m_config.realTimeDecode()) decodeNow=false;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(decodeNow) {
m_dataAvailable=true;
m_t0=0.0;
m_t1=k/12000.0;
m_kdone=k;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.newdat=1;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
m_bFastDecodeCalled=true;
decode();
}
Fix a regression in WSPR saved file names from r6806 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6807 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:31:25 +00:00
if(!m_diskData) { // Always save; may delete later
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
QDateTime now {QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc()};
Fix a defect that could cause mis-naming a .wav file in fast modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6914 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-14 14:22:05 +00:00
int n=now.time().second() % m_TRperiod;
if(n<(m_TRperiod/2)) n=n+m_TRperiod;
auto const& period_start = now.addSecs (-n);
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
m_fnameWE = m_config.save_directory ().absoluteFilePath (period_start.toString ("yyMMdd_hhmmss"));
m_fileToSave.clear ();
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
// the following is potential a threading hazard - not a good
// idea to pass pointer to be processed in another thread
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
m_saveWAVWatcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (&MainWindow::save_wave_file
, this
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
, m_fnameWE
Report WAV file reading and writing errors Refactor the save WAV file routine to return an error string as a promise and then get that result and report in a QMessageBox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6752 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-09 23:39:41 +00:00
, &dec_data.d2[0]
, m_TRperiod
, m_config.my_callsign ()
, m_config.my_grid ()
, m_mode
, m_nSubMode
, m_freqNominal
, m_hisCall
, m_hisGrid)));
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
killFileTimer.start (3*1000*m_TRperiod/4); //Kill 3/4 period from now
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
}
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::showSoundInError(const QString& errorMsg)
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
{
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Error in Sound Input"), errorMsg);
}
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
void MainWindow::showSoundOutError(const QString& errorMsg)
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
{
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Error in Sound Output"), errorMsg);
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::showStatusMessage(const QString& statusMsg)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{statusBar()->showMessage(statusMsg);}
1. Removed all vestiges of rigctl use. Now using calls to hamlib functions. 2. Restored "Test CAT Control" and "Test PTT" buttons on the Setup | Configuration screen. These features need thorough testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3204 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 20:46:04 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionSettings_triggered() //Setup Dialog
{
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
// things that might change that we need know about
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
auto callsign = m_config.my_callsign ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if (QDialog::Accepted == m_config.exec ())
{
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
if (m_config.my_callsign () != callsign)
{
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
m_baseCall = Radio::base_callsign (m_config.my_callsign ());
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
morse_(const_cast<char *> (m_config.my_callsign ().toLatin1().constData())
, const_cast<int *> (icw)
, &m_ncw
, m_config.my_callsign ().length());
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
on_dxGridEntry_textChanged (m_hisGrid); // recalculate distances in case of units change
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter ()) {
pskSetLocal ();
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if(m_config.restart_audio_input ()) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Q_EMIT startAudioInputStream (m_config.audio_input_device (),
m_framesAudioInputBuffered, m_detector,
m_downSampleFactor,
m_config.audio_input_channel ());
Clean up two warning messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3469 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-09 16:05:23 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if(m_config.restart_audio_output ()) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Q_EMIT initializeAudioOutputStream (m_config.audio_output_device (),
AudioDevice::Mono == m_config.audio_output_channel () ? 1 : 2,
m_msAudioOutputBuffered);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
auto_tx_label.setText (m_config.quick_call () ? "Auto-Tx-Enable Armed" : "Auto-Tx-Enable Disarmed");
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
displayDialFrequency ();
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
bool vhf {m_config.enable_VHF_features ()};
if (!vhf) ui->sbSubmode->setValue (0);
setup_status_bar (vhf);
bool b = vhf && (m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="JT9" or
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="QRA64");
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled(b);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
VHF_controls_visible(b);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") ui->cbFast9->setVisible(false);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
m_config.transceiver_online ();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(!m_bFastMode) setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
if(m_config.single_decode() or m_mode=="JT4") {
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
} else {
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
}
Further Tx watchdog refinements This should allow receivers of UDP Status messages to accurately track the Tx watchdog status. Also some defects in the Tx watchdog logic are repaired. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6900 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 02:27:57 +00:00
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
update_watchdog_label ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_monitorButton_clicked (bool checked)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if (!m_transmitting)
{
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
auto prior = m_monitoring;
Fix logical flaw in Echo mode sequencing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5585 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 15:48:00 +00:00
monitor (checked);
Fix a regression introduced in r3986 - no decode after "Halt TX". The new suspend/resume approach to the received audio stream causes a reset to the input sample buffer on resume. This is desired behaviour except when the stream in not actually suspended. The monitor function was not checking this when resuming monitoring and this caused decodes for a period to be abandonded simply by using the "Halt TX" button to turn off automatic transmission mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4059 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-21 14:39:39 +00:00
Set split mode before and after setting Tx frequency Also cleaned up duplicate trace output. Using the DX Lab Suite Commander CAT interface with rigs like the TS-2000 requires that split mode be set after changing the Tx frequency. This is because setting teh Tx frequency disables split mode. With some Icom rigs the rig must be in split mode before setting the Tx frequency otherwise the Tx frequency change will not be honoured. To fix this the sequence set-split, set-tx-frequency, set-split must always be used to change the Tx frequency. Support for new DX Lab Suite Commander TCP/IP commands Dave AA6YQ has added two new commands to the Commander server to allow more reliable control. Requires DX Lab Suite Commander 11.1.4 or later. Ensure split Tx frequency agrees with UI before transmitting Ensure split works on Yaesu via Hamlib without breaking others Also improved class HamlibTransceiver debug trace messages. Merged r4776-r4779 from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-06 20:23:29 +00:00
if (checked && !prior)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
if (m_config.monitor_last_used ())
{
// put rig back where it was when last in control
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_freqNominal = m_lastMonitoredFrequency;
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal;
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
setRig ();
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
//Get Configuration in/out of strict split and mode checking
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, checked);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
else
{
ui->monitorButton->setChecked (false); // disallow
}
}
void MainWindow::monitor (bool state)
{
ui->monitorButton->setChecked (state);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (state) {
Ensure that he .WAV file read flag gets cleared when returning to monitoring git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5618 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-15 22:49:31 +00:00
m_diskData = false; // no longer reading WAV files
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (!m_monitoring) Q_EMIT resumeAudioInputStream ();
} else {
Q_EMIT suspendAudioInputStream ();
}
Fix a regression introduced in r3986 - no decode after "Halt TX". The new suspend/resume approach to the received audio stream causes a reset to the input sample buffer on resume. This is desired behaviour except when the stream in not actually suspended. The monitor function was not checking this when resuming monitoring and this caused decodes for a period to be abandonded simply by using the "Halt TX" button to turn off automatic transmission mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4059 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-21 14:39:39 +00:00
m_monitoring = state;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Corrected the logic for when Tx freq is changed after double-clicking on a decoded texdt line. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3142 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-09 17:52:44 +00:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionAbout_triggered() //Display "About"
{
Clean up program identification to pskreporter and other places git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4987 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-23 15:19:41 +00:00
CAboutDlg {this}.exec ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_autoButton_clicked (bool checked)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_auto = checked;
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ();
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
m_bEchoTxOK=false;
Correct the bounds error test in avecho. Ensure proper GUI controls visible in Echo mode. Reset nsum=0 when Tx Enable is toggled ON in Echo mode. Don't restart Monitor after finishing a sequence of Echo transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
if(m_auto and (m_mode=="Echo")) {
m_nclearave=1;
echocom_.nsum=0;
}
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
QPalette palette {ui->sbTxPercent->palette ()};
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if(m_auto or m_pctx==0) {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::white);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
palette.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::yellow);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
ui->sbTxPercent->setPalette(palette);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::auto_tx_mode (bool state)
{
ui->autoButton->setChecked (state);
on_autoButton_clicked (state);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Ant mouse press or key press in the main window resets the Tx watchdog git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6831 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
void MainWindow::keyPressEvent (QKeyEvent * e)
{
TxFreq tracks fQSO unless CTRL is held down. Red marker for TxFreq. Max Tol = 500. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2763 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
int n;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
switch(e->key())
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
case Qt::Key_D:
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
if(m_mode != "WSPR-2" && e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
decode();
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
}
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_F4:
Clear generated messages when clearing DX after logging git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
clearDX ();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->dxCallEntry->setFocus();
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_F6:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) {
on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered();
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_F11:
n=11;
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) n+=100;
bumpFqso(n);
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_F12:
n=12;
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) n+=100;
bumpFqso(n);
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_F:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==0) {
ui->tx5->clearEditText();
ui->tx5->setFocus();
} else {
ui->freeTextMsg->clearEditText();
ui->freeTextMsg->setFocus();
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_G:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_H:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_L:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) {
lookup();
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
case Qt::Key_V:
if(e->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) {
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
m_fileToSave = m_fnameWE;
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
break;
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
}
Fix several issues with shortcut keys. Do not drop through shortcut key handling so that spurious responses are avoided. The keyPressEvent handlers must call the super class implementation if the event os not handled. Correct a typo in the shortcut help display. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4361 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 11:35:50 +00:00
QMainWindow::keyPressEvent (e);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
TxFreq tracks fQSO unless CTRL is held down. Red marker for TxFreq. Max Tol = 500. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2763 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
void MainWindow::bumpFqso(int n) //bumpFqso()
{
Make freqs in mainwindow properly follow mouse clicks on waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2764 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 16:44:40 +00:00
int i;
bool ctrl = (n>=100);
n=n%100;
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
i=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ();
Make freqs in mainwindow properly follow mouse clicks on waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2764 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 16:44:40 +00:00
if(n==11) i--;
if(n==12) i++;
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ())
{
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (i);
}
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(ctrl and m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Make the WSPR-mode Tx Freq spinner track the red Tx Freq marker on Waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5537 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(i);
} else {
if(ctrl && ui->TxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) {
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue (i);
}
Make the WSPR-mode Tx Freq spinner track the red Tx Freq marker on Waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5537 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
}
TxFreq tracks fQSO unless CTRL is held down. Red marker for TxFreq. Max Tol = 500. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2763 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-23 16:05:50 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::displayDialFrequency ()
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency dial_frequency {m_rigState.ptt () && m_rigState.split () ?
m_rigState.tx_frequency () : m_rigState.frequency ()};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// lookup band
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto const& band_name = m_config.bands ()->find (dial_frequency);
if (m_lastBand != band_name)
{
// only change this when necessary as we get called a lot and it
// would trash any user input to the band combo box line edit
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (band_name);
m_wideGraph->setRxBand (band_name);
m_lastBand = band_name;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
// search working frequencies for one we are within 10kHz of (1 Mhz
// of on VHF and up)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
bool valid {false};
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
quint64 min_offset {99999999};
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
for (auto const& item : *m_config.frequencies ())
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
{
Remove compiler warning and avoid a potential issue with IB Subtracting unsigned types is tricky, made sure result does not wrap to avoid potentially implementation defined behaviour. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5211 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-11 15:29:37 +00:00
// we need to do specific checks for above and below here to
// ensure that we can use unsigned Radio::Frequency since we
// potentially use the full 64-bit unsigned range.
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
auto const& working_frequency = item.frequency_;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto const& offset = dial_frequency > working_frequency ?
dial_frequency - working_frequency :
working_frequency - dial_frequency;
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
if (offset < min_offset) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
min_offset = offset;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
if (min_offset < 10000u || (m_config.enable_VHF_features() && min_offset < 1000000u)) {
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
valid = true;
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
Refactor astro functionality into Astro class Improved astronomical data and Doppler tracking control window widgets and layout management to make it more platform independent and font change tolerant. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5580 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:36:13 +00:00
update_dynamic_property (ui->labDialFreq, "oob", !valid);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
ui->labDialFreq->setText (Radio::pretty_frequency_MHz_string (dial_frequency));
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::statusChanged()
{
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ();
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_status.txt")};
Once again, working to implement direct calls to basic hamlib functiions. *** This code is not finished, and may not work correctly! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
if(f.open(QFile::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
out << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6)
<< ";" << m_mode << ";" << m_hisCall << ";"
1. Changes outlined for r3463 are now tested and appear to be OK. 2. Setting frequencies above 100 MHz now OK. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 23:08:25 +00:00
<< ui->rptSpinBox->value() << ";" << m_modeTx << endl;
Once again, working to implement direct calls to basic hamlib functiions. *** This code is not finished, and may not work correctly! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
f.close();
} else {
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Status File Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for writing: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
}
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
bool MainWindow::eventFilter (QObject * object, QEvent * event)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
switch (event->type())
{
case QEvent::KeyPress:
// fall through
case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
// reset the Tx watchdog
tx_watchdog (false);
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
break;
case QEvent::ChildAdded:
// ensure our child widgets get added to our event filter
add_child_to_event_filter (static_cast<QChildEvent *> (event)->child ());
break;
case QEvent::ChildRemoved:
// ensure our child widgets get d=removed from our event filter
remove_child_from_event_filter (static_cast<QChildEvent *> (event)->child ());
break;
default: break;
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
return QObject::eventFilter(object, event);
}
void MainWindow::createStatusBar() //createStatusBar
{
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
tx_status_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {150, 18});
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #00ff00}");
tx_status_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addWidget (&tx_status_label);
mode_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
mode_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {80, 18});
mode_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addWidget (&mode_label);
last_tx_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
last_tx_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {150, 18});
last_tx_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addWidget (&last_tx_label);
auto_tx_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
auto_tx_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {150, 18});
auto_tx_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
band_hopping_label.setAlignment (Qt::AlignHCenter);
band_hopping_label.setMinimumSize (QSize {90, 18});
band_hopping_label.setFrameStyle (QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken);
statusBar()->addPermanentWidget(&progressBar, 1);
progressBar.setMinimumSize (QSize {100, 18});
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
progressBar.setFormat ("%v/%m");
statusBar ()->addPermanentWidget (&watchdog_label);
update_watchdog_label ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
void MainWindow::setup_status_bar (bool vhf)
{
One more rename, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6850 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 13:06:41 +00:00
mode_label.setText ("QRA64" == m_mode ? QString {"QRA64"} : m_mode);
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
if (m_mode.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(JT65|JT9|JT4|ISCAT|QRA64)$)"}))
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
{
if (vhf || "JT4" == m_mode || "ISCAT" == m_mode)
{
mode_label.setText (mode_label.text () + " " + QChar {short (m_nSubMode + 65)});
}
}
if ("ISCAT" == m_mode)
{
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff9933}");
}
else if ("JT4" == m_mode)
{
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #cc99ff}");
}
else if ("Echo" == m_mode)
{
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #66ffff}");
}
else if ("JT9+JT65" == m_mode)
{
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ffff66}");
}
else if ("JT65" == m_mode)
{
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #66ff66}");
}
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
else if ("QRA64" == m_mode)
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
{
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #99ff33}");
}
else if ("MSK144" == m_mode)
{
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff6666}");
}
last_tx_label.setText (QString {});
if (m_mode.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(Echo|ISCAT))"}))
{
if (auto_tx_label.isVisible ()) statusBar ()->removeWidget (&auto_tx_label);
if (band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) statusBar ()->removeWidget (&band_hopping_label);
}
else if (m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR"))
{
mode_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff66ff}");
if (auto_tx_label.isVisible ()) statusBar ()->removeWidget (&auto_tx_label);
if (!band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) {
statusBar ()->addWidget (&band_hopping_label);
band_hopping_label.show ();
}
}
else
{
if (band_hopping_label.isVisible ()) statusBar ()->removeWidget (&band_hopping_label);
if (!auto_tx_label.isVisible ()) {
statusBar ()->addWidget (&auto_tx_label);
auto_tx_label.show ();
}
}
}
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
void MainWindow::subProcessFailed (QProcess * process, int exit_code, QProcess::ExitStatus status)
{
if (m_valid && (exit_code || QProcess::NormalExit != status))
{
QStringList arguments;
for (auto argument: process->arguments ())
{
if (argument.contains (' ')) argument = '"' + argument + '"';
arguments << argument;
}
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Subprocess Error")
, tr ("Subprocess failed with exit code %1")
.arg (exit_code)
, tr ("Running: %1\n%2")
.arg (process->program () + ' ' + arguments.join (' '))
.arg (QString {process->readAllStandardError()}));
Fix close down semantics and suppress subprocess errors during close down git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6705 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
m_valid = false; // ensures exit if still constructing
}
}
void MainWindow::subProcessError (QProcess * process, QProcess::ProcessError)
{
if (m_valid)
{
QStringList arguments;
for (auto argument: process->arguments ())
{
if (argument.contains (' ')) argument = '"' + argument + '"';
arguments << argument;
}
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::critical_message (this, tr ("Subprocess error")
, tr ("Running: %1\n%2")
.arg (process->program () + ' ' + arguments.join (' '))
.arg (process->errorString ()));
Fix close down semantics and suppress subprocess errors during close down git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6705 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
m_valid = false; // ensures exit if still constructing
}
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
void MainWindow::closeEvent(QCloseEvent * e)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Fix close down semantics and suppress subprocess errors during close down git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6705 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
m_valid = false; // suppresses subprocess errors
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_config.transceiver_offline ();
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
writeSettings ();
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
m_guiTimer.stop ();
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
m_prefixes.reset ();
m_shortcuts.reset ();
m_mouseCmnds.reset ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Only delete last .wav file on exit if it is not to be saved Also enhanced delete .wav files menu entry to delete .c2 files as well. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5672 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
killFile ();
Moved initialization of shared memory segment to the main funcion in order to exit gracefully in case of errors. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3163 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-13 12:28:03 +00:00
mem_jt9->detach();
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile quitFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".quit")};
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
quitFile.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.remove(); // Allow jt9 to terminate
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
bool b=proc_jt9.waitForFinished(1000);
Fix close down semantics and suppress subprocess errors during close down git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6705 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-26 23:40:16 +00:00
if(!b) proc_jt9.close();
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
quitFile.remove();
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
Q_EMIT finished ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QMainWindow::closeEvent (e);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_stopButton_clicked() //stopButton
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
monitor (false);
Starting to implement accumulation of reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6598 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-07 20:02:32 +00:00
m_loopall=false;
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
if(m_bRefSpec) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
// MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("Reference spectrum saved"));
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
m_bRefSpec=false;
Starting to implement accumulation of reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6598 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-07 20:02:32 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Proper splash screen and release notes help menu link git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7007 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-06 13:52:14 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionRelease_Notes_triggered ()
{
QDesktopServices::openUrl (QUrl {"http://physics.princeton.edu/pulsar/k1jt/v1.7_Features.txt"});
}
Add local HTML help file to help menu. So that a manual can be viewed without an Internet connection a second manual action has been added to the WSJT_X help menu. This shells out to the default web browser with a local file target. The build has been enhanced to install and package the current version of the HTML user manual as downloaded from the project web site at build time The package file locations have been adjusted to be compatible with the QStandardPaths class so that its locate() method can be used to portably access resources like this local help file git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4359 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 23:46:32 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionOnline_User_Guide_triggered() //Display manual
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Moving WSJT-X "trunk" on to v1.5. If built with qmake the version string will now be "Not for Release" since some many features essential to making a complete package are currently only build when using CMake. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4372 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
#if defined (CMAKE_BUILD)
User Guide localization git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6341 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
m_manual.display_html_url (QUrl {PROJECT_MANUAL_DIRECTORY_URL}, PROJECT_MANUAL);
Moving WSJT-X "trunk" on to v1.5. If built with qmake the version string will now be "Not for Release" since some many features essential to making a complete package are currently only build when using CMake. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4372 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
#endif
Add local HTML help file to help menu. So that a manual can be viewed without an Internet connection a second manual action has been added to the WSJT_X help menu. This shells out to the default web browser with a local file target. The build has been enhanced to install and package the current version of the HTML user manual as downloaded from the project web site at build time The package file locations have been adjusted to be compatible with the QStandardPaths class so that its locate() method can be used to portably access resources like this local help file git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4359 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 23:46:32 +00:00
}
//Display local copy of manual
void MainWindow::on_actionLocal_User_Guide_triggered()
{
Moving WSJT-X "trunk" on to v1.5. If built with qmake the version string will now be "Not for Release" since some many features essential to making a complete package are currently only build when using CMake. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4372 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
#if defined (CMAKE_BUILD)
User Guide localization git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6341 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-02 22:30:12 +00:00
m_manual.display_html_file (m_config.doc_dir (), PROJECT_MANUAL);
Moving WSJT-X "trunk" on to v1.5. If built with qmake the version string will now be "Not for Release" since some many features essential to making a complete package are currently only build when using CMake. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4372 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-25 19:17:19 +00:00
#endif
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_actionWide_Waterfall_triggered() //Display Waterfalls
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph->show();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionEcho_Graph_triggered()
{
m_echoGraph->show();
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionFast_Graph_triggered()
{
m_fastGraph->show();
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionAstronomical_data_toggled (bool checked)
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if (checked)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
Refactor astro functionality into Astro class Improved astronomical data and Doppler tracking control window widgets and layout management to make it more platform independent and font change tolerant. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5580 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:36:13 +00:00
m_astroWidget.reset (new Astro {m_settings, &m_config});
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// hook up termination signal
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_astroWidget.data (), &Astro::close);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
connect (m_astroWidget.data (), &Astro::tracking_update, [this] {
m_astroCorrection = {};
setRig ();
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
displayDialFrequency ();
});
m_astroWidget->showNormal();
m_astroWidget->raise ();
m_astroWidget->activateWindow ();
m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
}
else
{
m_astroWidget.reset ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionMessage_averaging_triggered()
{
if (!m_msgAvgWidget)
{
Message averaging window fonts controlled by configuration Use the decoded text font for the message averaging window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6684 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-18 23:22:24 +00:00
m_msgAvgWidget.reset (new MessageAveraging {m_settings, m_config.decoded_text_font ()});
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
// Connect signals from Message Averaging window
connect (this, &MainWindow::finished, m_msgAvgWidget.data (), &MessageAveraging::close);
}
m_msgAvgWidget->showNormal();
Finally getting the hang of UIs that work on Mac and elsewhere git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
m_msgAvgWidget->raise ();
m_msgAvgWidget->activateWindow ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_triggered() //Open File
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
monitor (false);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QString fname;
JTMS3 now compiles and runs, although most of its functions are still those of MAP65. Have removed the Astro, BandMap, and Messages windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-02 15:33:33 +00:00
fname=QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this, "Open File", m_path,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
"WSJT Files (*.wav)");
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
if(!fname.isEmpty ()) {
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_path=fname;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
int i1=fname.lastIndexOf("/");
QString baseName=fname.mid(i1+1);
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #99ffff}");
tx_status_label.setText(" " + baseName + " ");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
on_stopButton_clicked();
m_diskData=true;
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
read_wav_file (fname);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
void MainWindow::read_wav_file (QString const& fname)
{
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
// call diskDat() when done
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
int i0=fname.lastIndexOf("_");
int i1=fname.indexOf(".wav");
m_nutc0=m_UTCdisk;
m_UTCdisk=fname.mid(i0+1,i1-i0-1).toInt();
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
m_wav_future_watcher.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run ([this, fname] {
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
auto basename = fname.mid (fname.lastIndexOf ('/') + 1);
auto pos = fname.indexOf (".wav", 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive);
// global variables and threads do not mix well, this needs changing
dec_data.params.nutc = 0;
if (pos > 0)
{
if (pos == fname.indexOf ('_', -11) + 7)
{
dec_data.params.nutc = fname.mid (pos - 6, 6).toInt ();
}
else
{
dec_data.params.nutc = 100 * fname.mid (pos - 4, 4).toInt ();
}
}
BWFFile file {QAudioFormat {}, fname};
file.open (BWFFile::ReadOnly);
auto bytes_per_frame = file.format ().bytesPerFrame ();
qint64 max_bytes = std::min (std::size_t (m_TRperiod * RX_SAMPLE_RATE),
sizeof (dec_data.d2) / sizeof (dec_data.d2[0]))
Fix compiler error on 64-bit systems git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-10 21:54:33 +00:00
* bytes_per_frame;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
auto n = file.read (reinterpret_cast<char *> (dec_data.d2),
std::min (max_bytes, file.size ()));
int frames_read = n / bytes_per_frame;
// zero unfilled remaining sample space
std::memset (&dec_data.d2[0] + n, 0, max_bytes - n);
if (11025 == file.format ().sampleRate ())
{
short sample_size = file.format ().sampleSize ();
wav12_ (dec_data.d2, dec_data.d2, &frames_read, &sample_size);
}
dec_data.params.kin = frames_read;
dec_data.params.newdat = 1;
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
}));
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered() //Open Next
{
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
monitor (false);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
int i,len;
QFileInfo fi(m_path);
QStringList list;
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
list= fi.dir().entryList().filter(".wav",Qt::CaseInsensitive);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < list.size()-1; ++i) {
if(i==list.size()-2) m_loopall=false;
Running OK with sound input, and plotting green line. Next task: implement specjtms() in new fashion. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2507 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-12 21:22:55 +00:00
len=list.at(i).length();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if(list.at(i)==m_path.right(len)) {
int n=m_path.length();
QString fname=m_path.replace(n-len,len,list.at(i+1));
m_path=fname;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
int i1=fname.lastIndexOf("/");
QString baseName=fname.mid(i1+1);
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #99ffff}");
tx_status_label.setText(" " + baseName + " ");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_diskData=true;
Use new WAV file class (BWFFile) read and write WAV files Saved WAV files now contain some useful metadata. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6383 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-11 15:00:43 +00:00
read_wav_file (fname);
Fix regression from r6383 that broke decode rest in directory git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6390 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-12 14:47:29 +00:00
return;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
//Open all remaining files
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory_triggered()
{
m_loopall=true;
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
}
void MainWindow::diskDat() //diskDat()
{
Code cleanup. Implement use of fQSO, ntol, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2671 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-19 19:26:07 +00:00
int k;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
int kstep=m_FFTSize;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_diskData=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Add facility to degrade S/N of data from .wav files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-23 18:05:36 +00:00
float db=m_config.degrade();
Calibration of the "Degrade S/N of .wav file" requires knowledge of receiver bandwidth. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6491 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-23 19:37:38 +00:00
float bw=m_config.RxBandwidth();
if(db > 0.0) degrade_snr_(dec_data.d2,&dec_data.params.kin,&db,&bw);
Add facility to degrade S/N of data from .wav files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6165 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-23 18:05:36 +00:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
for(int n=1; n<=m_hsymStop; n++) { // Do the waterfall spectra
Code cleanup. Implement use of fQSO, ntol, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2671 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-19 19:26:07 +00:00
k=(n+1)*kstep;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
if(k > dec_data.params.kin) break;
dec_data.params.npts8=k/8;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
dataSink(k);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
qApp->processEvents(); //Update the waterfall
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
First successful decode from within WSJT-X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-15 19:18:45 +00:00
//Delete ../save/*.wav
Cleaning up the "devsetup" screen. NB: List of audio input devices is not being populated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2476 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-02 16:13:21 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionDelete_all_wav_files_in_SaveDir_triggered()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
auto button = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Delete"),
tr ("Are you sure you want to delete all *.wav and *.c2 files in \"%1\"?")
.arg (QDir::toNativeSeparators (m_config.save_directory ().absolutePath ())));
if (MessageBox::Yes == button) {
Only delete last .wav file on exit if it is not to be saved Also enhanced delete .wav files menu entry to delete .c2 files as well. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5672 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
Q_FOREACH (auto const& file
, m_config.save_directory ().entryList ({"*.wav", "*.c2"}, QDir::Files | QDir::Writable)) {
m_config.save_directory ().remove (file);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
}
void MainWindow::on_actionNone_triggered() //Save None
{
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
m_saveDecoded=false;
m_saveAll=false;
ui->actionNone->setChecked(true);
}
void MainWindow::on_actionSave_decoded_triggered()
{
m_saveDecoded=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_saveAll=false;
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
ui->actionSave_decoded->setChecked(true);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_actionSave_all_triggered() //Save All
{
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
m_saveDecoded=false;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_saveAll=true;
Remove m_DF and associated code. Disable some presently un-implemented controls. Begin implemnting "Save Synced" and "Save Decoded". Set compilation to CONSOLE mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2706 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-30 16:49:24 +00:00
ui->actionSave_all->setChecked(true);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
More code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionKeyboard_shortcuts_triggered()
{
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
if (!m_shortcuts)
{
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
QFont font;
font.setPointSize (10);
m_shortcuts.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Keyboard Shortcuts")
, ":/shortcuts.txt", font});
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
}
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
m_shortcuts->showNormal ();
Finally getting the hang of UIs that work on Mac and elsewhere git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
m_shortcuts->raise ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
More code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-18 13:35:54 +00:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionSpecial_mouse_commands_triggered()
{
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
if (!m_mouseCmnds)
{
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
QFont font;
font.setPointSize (10);
m_mouseCmnds.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Special Mouse Commands")
, ":/mouse_commands.txt", font});
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
}
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
m_mouseCmnds->showNormal ();
Finally getting the hang of UIs that work on Mac and elsewhere git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
m_mouseCmnds->raise ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_DecodeButton_clicked (bool /* checked */) //Decode request
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") && !m_decoderBusy) {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
dec_data.params.nagain=1;
removed jtcom_.nagain from blank line separator logic git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3565 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-30 01:08:10 +00:00
m_blankLine=false; // don't insert the separator again
Implement wsjtx_rx.log, and fix the newdat and nagain parameters. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2695 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-26 16:52:04 +00:00
decode();
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::freezeDecode(int n) //freezeDecode()
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if((n%100)==2) on_DecodeButton_clicked (true);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_ClrAvgButton_clicked()
{
m_nclearave=1;
Fix erroneous use of a potentially NULL pointer. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5604 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 12:08:32 +00:00
if(m_msgAvgWidget != NULL) {
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) m_msgAvgWidget->displayAvg("");
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::msgAvgDecode2()
{
on_DecodeButton_clicked (true);
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
void MainWindow::decode() //decode()
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(!m_dataAvailable or m_TRperiod==0) return;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (true);
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
if(!dec_data.params.nagain && m_diskData && !m_bFastMode) {
Implement "Single decode" logic; write to "avemsg.txt" in jt65_decode; list the correct UTC in decoded text line when using the "Decode" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6519 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-10 18:35:41 +00:00
dec_data.params.nutc=dec_data.params.nutc/100;
}
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
// qDebug() << "a" << m_diskData << m_nPick << m_nutc0 << dec_data.params.nutc;
Implement "Single decode" logic; write to "avemsg.txt" in jt65_decode; list the correct UTC in decoded text line when using the "Decode" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6519 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-10 18:35:41 +00:00
if(dec_data.params.nagain==0 && dec_data.params.newdat==1 && (!m_diskData)) {
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
qint64 ms = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() % 86400000;
int imin=ms/60000;
int ihr=imin/60;
imin=imin % 60;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_TRperiod>=60) imin=imin - (imin % (m_TRperiod/60));
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.nutc=100*ihr + imin;
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(2-m_TRperiod);
ihr=t.toString("hh").toInt();
imin=t.toString("mm").toInt();
int isec=t.toString("ss").toInt();
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.nutc=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
if(m_nPick==1 and !m_diskData) {
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
int ihr=t.toString("hh").toInt();
int imin=t.toString("mm").toInt();
int isec=t.toString("ss").toInt();
isec=isec - isec%m_TRperiod;
dec_data.params.nutc=10000*ihr + 100*imin + isec;
}
if(m_nPick==1 and m_diskData)
if(m_nPick==2) dec_data.params.nutc=m_nutc0;
// qDebug() << "b" << m_diskData << m_nPick << m_nutc0 << dec_data.params.nutc;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.nfqso=m_wideGraph->rxFreq();
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
qint32 depth {m_ndepth};
if (!ui->actionInclude_averaging->isEnabled ()) depth &= ~16;
if (!ui->actionInclude_correlation->isEnabled ()) depth &= ~32;
dec_data.params.ndepth=depth;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.n2pass=1;
if(m_config.twoPass()) dec_data.params.n2pass=2;
dec_data.params.nranera=m_config.ntrials();
dec_data.params.naggressive=m_config.aggressive();
dec_data.params.nrobust=0;
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
if(m_diskData) dec_data.params.ndiskdat=1;
dec_data.params.nfa=m_wideGraph->nStartFreq();
dec_data.params.nfSplit=m_wideGraph->Fmin();
dec_data.params.nfb=m_wideGraph->Fmax();
dec_data.params.ntol=m_Ftol;
Don't allow naggressive > 0 unless VHF Features and Single Decode are both checked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7054 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-05 17:33:07 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65" or !m_config.enable_VHF_features() or !m_config.single_decode()) {
Force naggressive=0 when in JT9+JT65 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6331 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-01 15:33:48 +00:00
dec_data.params.ntol=20;
dec_data.params.naggressive=0;
}
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
if(dec_data.params.nutc < m_nutc0) m_RxLog = 1; //Date and Time to all.txt
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
if(dec_data.params.newdat==1 and !m_diskData) m_nutc0=dec_data.params.nutc;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.ntxmode=9;
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") dec_data.params.ntxmode=65;
dec_data.params.nmode=9;
First functional decoder for QRA01. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6805 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 14:36:03 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT65") dec_data.params.nmode=65;
Plot a red "sync" curve in QRA64 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6876 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 14:18:23 +00:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.nmode=164;
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.ntxmode=164;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT9+JT65") dec_data.params.nmode=9+65; // = 74
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT4") {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.nmode=4;
dec_data.params.ntxmode=4;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.ntrperiod=m_TRperiod;
dec_data.params.nsubmode=m_nSubMode;
First good decode in submode QRA64D. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6961 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-28 15:18:06 +00:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") dec_data.params.nsubmode=100 + m_nSubMode;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.minw=0;
dec_data.params.nclearave=m_nclearave;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if(m_nclearave!=0) {
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("avemsg.txt"));
f.remove();
}
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.dttol=m_DTtol;
dec_data.params.emedelay=0.0;
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) dec_data.params.emedelay=2.5;
Pass sensible default min sync to decoders if spin box is not visible git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6673 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 18:52:47 +00:00
dec_data.params.minSync=ui->syncSpinBox->isVisible () ? m_minSync : 0;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.nexp_decode=0;
In single-decode mode, treat "Aggressive decoding level" as 1 if set to 0. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6620 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-13 13:52:45 +00:00
if(m_config.single_decode()) {
dec_data.params.nexp_decode += 32;
if(dec_data.params.naggressive<1) dec_data.params.naggressive=1;
}
Add a "Single decode" checkbox. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6516 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-10 15:13:06 +00:00
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
strncpy(dec_data.params.datetime, m_dateTime.toLatin1(), 20);
strncpy(dec_data.params.mycall, (m_config.my_callsign()+" ").toLatin1(),12);
strncpy(dec_data.params.mygrid, (m_config.my_grid()+" ").toLatin1(),6);
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
QString hisCall {ui->dxCallEntry->text ()};
QString hisGrid {ui->dxGridEntry->text ()};
strncpy(dec_data.params.hiscall,(hisCall + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), 12);
strncpy(dec_data.params.hisgrid,(hisGrid + " ").toLatin1 ().constData (), 6);
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
//newdat=1 ==> this is new data, must do the big FFT
//nagain=1 ==> decode only at fQSO +/- Tol
Moved initialization of shared memory segment to the main funcion in order to exit gracefully in case of errors. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3163 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-13 12:28:03 +00:00
char *to = (char*)mem_jt9->data();
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
char *from = (char*) dec_data.ss;
int size=sizeof(struct dec_data);
if(dec_data.params.newdat==0) {
int noffset {offsetof (struct dec_data, params.nutc)};
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
to += noffset;
from += noffset;
size -= noffset;
}
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
float t0=m_t0;
float t1=m_t1;
qApp->processEvents(); //Update the waterfall
if(m_nPick > 0) {
t0=m_t0Pick;
t1=m_t1Pick;
if(t1 > m_kdone/12000.0) t1=m_kdone/12000.0;
}
static short int d2b[360000];
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
narg[0]=dec_data.params.nutc;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_kdone>12000*m_TRperiod) {
m_kdone=12000*m_TRperiod;
}
narg[1]=m_kdone;
narg[2]=m_nSubMode;
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
narg[3]=dec_data.params.newdat;
narg[4]=dec_data.params.minSync;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
narg[5]=m_nPick;
narg[6]=1000.0*t0;
narg[7]=1000.0*t1;
narg[8]=2; //Max decode lines per decode attempt
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
if(dec_data.params.minSync<0) narg[8]=50;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") narg[9]=101; //ISCAT
if(m_mode=="JT9") narg[9]=102; //Fast JT9
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") narg[9]=104; //MSK144
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
narg[10]=ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value();
narg[11]=m_Ftol;
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
narg[12]=0;
Correct the Tx message length and adjust reported SNR for short JTMSK messages. Commit some things omitted last time. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6420 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-22 17:06:57 +00:00
narg[13]=-1;
Pass naggressive to fast_decode(). Display <...> messages only if naggressive>0. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-03 20:23:52 +00:00
narg[14]=m_config.aggressive();
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
memcpy(d2b,dec_data.d2,2*360000);
Start GUI mods to enable short messages in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6877 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 15:06:47 +00:00
watcher3.setFuture (QtConcurrent::run (std::bind (fast_decode_,&d2b[0],
Add early termination code to the msk144 long-message decoder. Remove references to Radford Neal's ldpc code, which served us well but is no longer needed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7051 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-01 21:50:52 +00:00
&narg[0],&m_TRperiod,&m_bShMsgs,&m_msg[0][0],
MSK144 fixes: Click on lower panel of Fast Graph decodes from previous file; clicking beyond available data does not crash program. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6964 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-29 16:10:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.mycall,dec_data.params.hiscall,80,512,12,12)));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
} else {
memcpy(to, from, qMin(mem_jt9->size(), size));
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.remove (); // Allow jt9 to start
decodeBusy(true);
}
}
void::MainWindow::fast_decode_done()
{
float t,tmax=-99.0;
QString msg0;
1. Fix cause of "frozen UTC" bug in MSK144 mode. (Could there be more than one cause?) 2. Fix failure to remember Ftol setting in MSK144 mode. 3. Remove obsolete controls from Advanced tab. 4. Add control for "x 2 Tone spacing" on Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6981 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
dec_data.params.nagain=false;
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=false;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bDecoded=false;
for(int i=0; i<100; i++) {
int i1=msg0.indexOf(m_baseCall);
int i2=msg0.indexOf(m_hisCall);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if((m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) and m_bAutoSeq and tmax>=0.0 and
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
i1>10 and i2>i1+3) {
1. Correct the max length of MSK144 decoded text strings. Thanks Mike!. 2. Suppress rare QRA64 garbage decodes that contain "000AAA". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7033 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-16 19:17:45 +00:00
if((msg0.indexOf(" 73") < 0) or (m_ntx!=6)) processMessage(msg0,43,false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
if(m_msg[i][0]==0) break;
QString message=QString::fromLatin1(m_msg[i]);
No short messages (yet?) in MSK144 mode. Max message length = 80. Don't try to remove a noexistent file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6722 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 18:20:53 +00:00
if(message.length()>80) message=message.mid(0,80);
Further improvements to decoder for short JTMSK messages. In mainwindow.cpp, return after executing call to fastSink(). ###???### git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-04 16:10:55 +00:00
if(narg[13]/8==narg[12]) message=message.trimmed().replace("<...>",m_calls);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
//Left (Band activity) window
DecodedText decodedtext;
decodedtext=message.replace("\n","");
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext,m_baseCall,m_config.DXCC(),
m_logBook,m_config.color_CQ(),m_config.color_MyCall(),m_config.color_DXCC(),
m_config.color_NewCall());
t=message.mid(10,5).toFloat();
if(t>tmax) {
msg0=message;
tmax=t;
m_bDecoded=true;
}
// Write decoded text to file "ALL.TXT".
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
if(m_RxLog==1) {
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MMM-dd hh:mm")
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
<< m_mode << endl;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_RxLog=0;
}
int n=message.length();
out << message.mid(0,n-2) << endl;
f.close();
} else {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Open Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT9" or m_mode=="MSK144") {
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
// find and extract any report for myCall
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QString msg=message.mid(0,4) + message.mid(6,-1);
decodedtext=msg.replace("\n","");
bool stdMsg = decodedtext.report(m_baseCall,
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()), m_rptRcvd);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
// extract details and send to PSKreporter
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter() and stdMsg and !m_diskData) {
QString msgmode="JT9";
QString deCall;
QString grid;
decodedtext.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/deCall,grid);
int audioFrequency = decodedtext.frequencyOffset();
int snr = decodedtext.snr();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency frequency = m_freqNominal + audioFrequency;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
pskSetLocal();
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if(grid_regexp.exactMatch (grid))
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
{
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter:" << deCall << grid << frequency << msgmode << snr;
psk_Reporter->addRemoteStation(deCall,grid,QString::number(frequency),msgmode,
QString::number(snr),
QString::number(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toTime_t()));
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
}
}
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
m_nPick=0;
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
void MainWindow::decodeDone ()
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
{
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
dec_data.params.nagain=0;
dec_data.params.ndiskdat=0;
m_nclearave=0;
QFile {m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath (".lock")}.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite);
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
decodeBusy(false);
m_RxLog=0;
m_blankLine=true;
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::readFromStdout() //readFromStdout
{
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
while(proc_jt9.canReadLine()) {
QByteArray t=proc_jt9.readLine();
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
bool bAvgMsg=false;
int navg=0;
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="QRA64") {
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
int n=t.indexOf("f");
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
if(n<0) n=t.indexOf("d");
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
if(n>0) {
Improved GUI control and display of averaged and hinted decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-22 14:12:59 +00:00
QString tt=t.mid(n+1,1);
navg=tt.toInt();
if(navg==0) {
char c = tt.data()->toLatin1();
if(int(c)>=65 and int(c)<=90) navg=int(c)-54;
}
JT4 end-of-line flag "f*" is now properly displayed in the Avg Msg window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6690 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-23 20:34:01 +00:00
if(navg>1 or t.indexOf("f*")>0) bAvgMsg=true;
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
}
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if(t.indexOf("<DecodeFinished>") >= 0) {
Plot a red "sync" curve in QRA64 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6876 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 14:18:23 +00:00
//###
if(m_mode=="QRA64") {
char name[512];
QString fname=m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("red.dat");
strncpy(name,fname.toLatin1(), sizeof (name) - 1);
name[sizeof (name) - 1] = '\0';
FILE* fp=fopen(name,"rb");
if(fp != NULL) {
Refactor a poor variable name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6898 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
int ia,ib;
Plot a red "sync" curve in QRA64 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6876 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 14:18:23 +00:00
memset(dec_data.sred,0,4*5760);
Refactor a poor variable name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6898 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
fread(&ia,4,1,fp);
fread(&ib,4,1,fp);
fread(&dec_data.sred[ia-1],4,ib-ia+1,fp);
Plot a red "sync" curve in QRA64 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6876 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 14:18:23 +00:00
m_wideGraph->drawRed(ia,ib);
}
}
//###
Another, hopefully final, fix for saving decocded WAV files reliably git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6757 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 22:59:41 +00:00
m_bDecoded = t.mid (20).trimmed ().toInt () > 0;
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
if(!m_diskData) killFileTimer.start (3*1000*m_TRperiod/4); //Kill in 45 s
Improved subprocess handling and error reporting git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6675 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-07 19:32:52 +00:00
decodeDone ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
return;
} else {
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
if(m_RxLog==1) {
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MMM-dd hh:mm")
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
<< m_mode << endl;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_RxLog=0;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
int n=t.length();
out << t.mid(0,n-2) << endl;
f.close();
} else {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Open Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
if (m_config.insert_blank () && m_blankLine)
{
QString band;
if (QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() / 1000 - m_secBandChanged > 50)
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
band = ' ' + m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
}
ui->decodedTextBrowser->insertLineSpacer (band.rightJustified (40, '-'));
m_blankLine = false;
}
First version of DXCC entity and worked B4 status git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3512 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
DecodedText decodedtext;
decodedtext = t.replace("\n",""); //t.replace("\n","").mid(0,t.length()-4);
First version of DXCC entity and worked B4 status git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3512 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
//Left (Band activity) window
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
if(!bAvgMsg) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->displayDecodedText (decodedtext
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
, m_baseCall
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
, m_config.DXCC ()
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-11 00:50:35 +00:00
, m_logBook
, m_config.color_CQ()
, m_config.color_MyCall()
, m_config.color_DXCC()
, m_config.color_NewCall());
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
1. Only the left 'band activity' display has DXCC and worked B4 status 2. Moved some of the text handling code from MainWindow to Displaytext git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3550 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-15 12:24:12 +00:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
//Right (Rx Frequency) window
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
bool bDisplayRight=bAvgMsg;
if(!m_config.single_decode() and m_mode!="JT4" and
(abs(decodedtext.frequencyOffset() - m_wideGraph->rxFreq()) <= 10)) bDisplayRight=true;
if (bDisplayRight) {
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
// This msg is within 10 hertz of our tuned frequency, or a JT4 avg
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayDecodedText(decodedtext
, m_baseCall
, false
, m_logBook
, m_config.color_CQ()
, m_config.color_MyCall()
, m_config.color_DXCC()
, m_config.color_NewCall());
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
if(m_mode!="JT4") {
bool b65=decodedtext.isJT65();
if(b65 and m_modeTx!="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
if(!b65 and m_modeTx=="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_QSOText=decodedtext;
}
Fixed bogus empty lines in decoded window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3085 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 18:01:22 +00:00
Ensure that he .WAV file read flag gets cleared when returning to monitoring git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5618 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-15 22:49:31 +00:00
postDecode (true, decodedtext.string ());
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
Ensure that he .WAV file read flag gets cleared when returning to monitoring git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5618 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-15 22:49:31 +00:00
// find and extract any report for myCall
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
bool stdMsg = decodedtext.report(m_baseCall,
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
Radio::base_callsign(ui->dxCallEntry->text()), m_rptRcvd);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
// extract details and send to PSKreporter
int nsec=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000-m_secBandChanged;
bool okToPost=(nsec>50);
if(m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter () and stdMsg and !m_diskData and okToPost) {
QString msgmode="JT9";
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if (decodedtext.isJT65()) msgmode="JT65";
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
QString deCall;
QString grid;
decodedtext.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/deCall,grid);
int audioFrequency = decodedtext.frequencyOffset();
int snr = decodedtext.snr();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency frequency = m_freqNominal + audioFrequency;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
pskSetLocal ();
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if(grid_regexp.exactMatch (grid))
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
{
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter:" << deCall << grid << frequency << msgmode << snr;
psk_Reporter->addRemoteStation(deCall,grid,QString::number(frequency),msgmode,
QString::number(snr),
QString::number(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toTime_t()));
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
if((m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode=="JT65" or m_mode=="QRA64") and m_msgAvgWidget!=NULL) {
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) {
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("avemsg.txt"));
if(f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
QTextStream s(&f);
QString t=s.readAll();
m_msgAvgWidget->displayAvg(t);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Initial tests with new PSK Reporter interface. Only on UNIX for now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3186 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-16 20:15:25 +00:00
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Starting to implement using jt9(.exe) for decoding as a separate process. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-20 20:39:41 +00:00
}
Only delete last .wav file on exit if it is not to be saved Also enhanced delete .wav files menu entry to delete .c2 files as well. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5672 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 17:33:05 +00:00
void MainWindow::killFile ()
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
{
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
if (m_fnameWE.size () &&
!(m_saveAll || (m_saveDecoded && m_bDecoded) || m_fnameWE == m_fileToSave)) {
QFile f1 {m_fnameWE + ".wav"};
No short messages (yet?) in MSK144 mode. Max message length = 80. Don't try to remove a noexistent file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6722 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 18:20:53 +00:00
if(f1.exists()) f1.remove();
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Fast mode audio recording behaves the same way as slow modes Fixed naming of fast recording files. Tidied some signal/slot plumbing in the fast plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6806 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-24 17:01:51 +00:00
QFile f2 {m_fnameWE + ".c2"};
No short messages (yet?) in MSK144 mode. Max message length = 80. Don't try to remove a noexistent file. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6722 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 18:20:53 +00:00
if(f2.exists()) f2.remove();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
}
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_EraseButton_clicked() //Erase
{
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
qint64 ms=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch();
1. Re-scale the 2-d cumulative spectrum. 2. Swap positions of "QSO Frequency" and "Band Activity" windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3265 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-14 00:22:22 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->clear();
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") or m_mode=="Echo" or m_mode=="ISCAT") {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->clear();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
m_QSOText.clear();
if((ms-m_msErase)<500) {
ui->decodedTextBrowser->clear();
m_messageClient->clear_decodes ();
QFile f(m_config.temp_dir ().absoluteFilePath ("decoded.txt"));
if(f.exists()) f.remove();
}
Further code cleanup. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3199 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-22 15:43:02 +00:00
}
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
m_msErase=ms;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::decodeBusy(bool b) //decodeBusy()
{
1. Add AGC for waterfall in *Ref Spec* mode. 2. Don't display orange warning bar when in WSPR mode. 3. Fix a longstanding compiler warning. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6616 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-12 19:54:15 +00:00
/* ### Temporarily(?) disable the long-decode progress bar.
Add a progress dialog to show that FFT optimization is doing something git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
bool showProgress = false;
if (b && m_firstDecode < 65 && ("JT65" == m_mode || "JT9+JT65" == m_mode))
{
m_firstDecode += 65;
if ("JT9+JT65" == m_mode) m_firstDecode = 65 + 9;
showProgress = true;
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if (b && m_firstDecode != 9 && m_firstDecode != 65 + 9 &&
("JT9" == m_mode))
{
m_firstDecode += 9;
showProgress = true;
}
if (showProgress)
{
// this sequence is needed to create an indeterminate progress
// bar
m_optimizingProgress.setRange (0, 1);
m_optimizingProgress.setValue (0);
m_optimizingProgress.setRange (0, 0);
}
### */
if (!b)
{
m_optimizingProgress.reset ();
}
Add a progress dialog to show that FFT optimization is doing something git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4965 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-15 00:48:38 +00:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_decoderBusy=b;
ui->DecodeButton->setEnabled(!b);
ui->actionOpen->setEnabled(!b);
ui->actionOpen_next_in_directory->setEnabled(!b);
ui->actionDecode_remaining_files_in_directory->setEnabled(!b);
Add decoding is busy flag to UDP Status message Updated message_aggregator reference application to show the mode label in the status bar with a cyan background colour when decoding is busy. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-13 15:44:11 +00:00
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
//------------------------------------------------------------- //guiUpdate()
void MainWindow::guiUpdate()
{
Working on the occasional crashes (threading bug?) and on larger DT for use on the EME path. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2747 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-18 14:02:50 +00:00
static char message[29];
New JTMS3 definition (again). Now using 7-bit characters, as in the JTMS of WSJT9. Modulation changed to BPSK, speed increased from 1378.125 to 2000 baud. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/jtms3@2505 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-07-12 19:10:39 +00:00
static char msgsent[29];
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
double txDuration;
This is test code!! I have changed the declarations of the Rig class functions we use: open() setConf() getFreq() setFreq() setPTT() close() ... so that each one returns the (negative) error code returned by hamlib. These functions no longer throw exceptions. Initial tests seem to show things working well. I have found one condition that causes a crash. The rig is initially opened and is running OK (in this case, with the Polling interval set to 1 s). Then the radio is turned off. The next call to getFreq() never returns. Probably we need to set a timeout limit? The code is kinda on the quick-and-dirty side. Improvements will be welcom! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3246 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-30 18:54:11 +00:00
QString rt;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_TRperiod==0) m_TRperiod=60;
txDuration=0.0;
if(m_modeTx=="JT4") txDuration=1.0 + 207.0*2520/11025.0; // JT4
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") txDuration=1.0 + 85.0*m_nsps/12000.0; // JT9
Some progress in QRA01 --> QRA02. Correct minor flaws in mode setting and plotter. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6829 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 12:46:14 +00:00
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") txDuration=1.0 + 126*4096/11025.0; // JT65
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") txDuration=1.0 + 84*6912/12000.0; // QRA64
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_mode=="WSPR-2") txDuration=2.0 + 162*8192/12000.0; // WSPR
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT" or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_bFast9) {
txDuration=m_TRperiod-0.25; // ISCAT, JT9-fast, MSK144
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
//### if(m_mode=="WSPR-15") tx2=...
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
double tx1=0.0;
double tx2=txDuration + + icw[0]*2560.0/48000.0; //Full length including CW ID
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(!m_txFirst and !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
tx1 += m_TRperiod;
tx2 += m_TRperiod;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
qint64 ms = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() % 86400000;
int nsec=ms/1000;
double tsec=0.001*ms;
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
double t2p=fmod(tsec,2*m_TRperiod);
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_s6=fmod(tsec,6.0);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_nseq = nsec % m_TRperiod;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_tRemaining=m_TRperiod - fmod(tsec,double(m_TRperiod));
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
txDuration=2.5;
tx1=0.0;
tx2=txDuration;
if(m_auto and m_s6>4.0) m_bEchoTxOK=true;
Correct the bounds error test in avecho. Ensure proper GUI controls visible in Echo mode. Reset nsum=0 when Tx Enable is toggled ON in Echo mode. Don't restart Monitor after finishing a sequence of Echo transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
if(m_transmitting) m_bEchoTxed=true;
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
}
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Better logic for WSPR scheduling. Don't overwrite a grid6 with grid4 obtained by double-clicking on a decode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
if(m_nseq==0 and m_ntr==0) { //Decide whether to Tx or Rx
m_tuneup=false; //This is not an ATU tuneup
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
if(m_pctx==0) m_WSPR_tx_next = false; //Don't transmit if m_pctx=0
bool btx = m_auto && m_WSPR_tx_next; // To Tx, we need m_auto and
// scheduled transmit
Better logic for WSPR scheduling. Don't overwrite a grid6 with grid4 obtained by double-clicking on a decode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
if(m_auto and m_txNext) btx=true; //TxNext button overrides
if(m_auto and m_pctx==100) btx=true; //Always transmit
if(btx) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_ntr=-1; //This says we will have transmitted
m_txNext=false;
ui->pbTxNext->setChecked(false);
Try letting hopping.f90 determine TX intervals git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5472 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-30 23:45:22 +00:00
m_bTxTime=true; //Start a WSPR Tx sequence
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
// This will be a WSPR Rx sequence.
m_ntr=1; //This says we will have received
Try letting hopping.f90 determine TX intervals git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5472 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-30 23:45:22 +00:00
m_bTxTime=false; //Start a WSPR Rx sequence
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
} else {
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
// For all modes other than WSPR
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_bTxTime = (t2p >= tx1) and (t2p < tx2);
Don't allow a partial transmission in Echo mode. Fix RA, Dec, and Tsky returned by astro(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5548 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 18:02:39 +00:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") m_bTxTime = m_bTxTime and m_bEchoTxOK;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
if(m_tune) m_bTxTime=true; //"Tune" takes precedence
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if(m_transmitting or m_auto or m_tune) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
// Check for "txboth" (testing purposes only)
Back out the r5491 changes to where Doppler is applied. They were wrong! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5493 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-02 14:06:26 +00:00
QFile f(m_appDir + "/txboth");
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if(f.exists() and
fmod(tsec,m_TRperiod)<(1.0 + 85.0*m_nsps/12000.0)) m_bTxTime=true;
Many improvements to GUI. Fixed the "yellow waterfall" problem; fixed generated names for *.wav files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2694 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-26 16:01:57 +00:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
// Don't transmit another mode in the 30 m WSPR sub-band
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency onAirFreq = m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value();
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if ((onAirFreq > 10139900 and onAirFreq < 10140320) and
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_bTxTime=false;
Correct a logic flaw that occurred after *Tune* was used. Remove some disused diagnostics. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5581 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:52:55 +00:00
// if (m_tune) stop_tuning ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if (m_auto) auto_tx_mode (false);
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if(onAirFreq!=m_onAirFreq0) {
m_onAirFreq0=onAirFreq;
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
auto const& message = tr ("Please choose another Tx frequency."
" WSJT-X will not knowingly transmit another"
" mode in the WSPR sub-band on 30m.");
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050400
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, [=] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("WSPR Guard Band"), message);
});
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#else
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("WSPR Guard Band"), message);
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#endif
1. New startup default frequencies for 40, 30, and 6m. 2. Don'l knowingly allow transmitting in the 30m WSPR band. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3479 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-11 19:37:01 +00:00
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
1. New startup default frequencies for 40, 30, and 6m. 2. Don'l knowingly allow transmitting in the 30m WSPR band. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3479 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-11 19:37:01 +00:00
Further Tx watchdog refinements This should allow receivers of UDP Status messages to accurately track the Tx watchdog status. Also some defects in the Tx watchdog logic are repaired. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6900 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 02:27:57 +00:00
if (m_config.watchdog() && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")
Refactor a poor variable name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6898 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-08 20:45:45 +00:00
&& m_idleMinutes >= m_config.watchdog ()) {
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
tx_watchdog (true); // disable transmit
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
}
Don't start a transmission more than 24 sec into the Tx period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3164 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-13 15:18:29 +00:00
float fTR=float((nsec%m_TRperiod))/m_TRperiod;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
// if(g_iptt==0 and ((m_bTxTime and fTR<0.4) or m_tune )) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(g_iptt==0 and ((m_bTxTime and fTR<99) or m_tune )) { //### Allow late starts
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
icw[0]=m_ncw;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
g_iptt = 1;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
setRig ();
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
// If "CQ nnn ..." feature is active, set the proper Tx frequency
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
if(m_config.offsetRxFreq() && ui->cbCQRx->isChecked() &&
(m_monitoring || m_transmitting) && m_config.is_transceiver_online ()
&& m_config.split_mode ()) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// All conditions are met, reset the transceiver Tx frequency:
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
Frequency tx_frequency {6 == m_ntx ? m_callingFrequency :
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_freqTxNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000 * m_freqCQ + m_XIT};
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (tx_frequency);
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Add a user control for Tx Delay, on the Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7058 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 23:18:48 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_ptt (true); //Assert the PTT
ptt1Timer.start(int(1000.0*m_config.txDelay())); //Start-of-transmission sequencer delay
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
if(!m_bTxTime and !m_tune) m_btxok=false; //Time to stop transmitting
}
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
((m_ntr==1 and m_rxDone) or (m_ntr==-1 and m_nseq>tx2))) {
if(m_monitoring) {
m_rxDone=false;
}
if(m_transmitting) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_history(m_freqNominal,-1);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_bTxTime=false; //Time to stop a WSPR transmission
m_btxok=false;
}
Fix regression in CAT sequencing from r5700 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5714 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-11 22:50:05 +00:00
else if (m_ntr != -1) {
Improved function name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5547 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
WSPR_scheduling ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_ntr=0; //This WSPR Rx sequence is complete
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Calculate Tx tones when needed
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if((g_iptt==1 && m_iptt0==0) || m_restart) {
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QByteArray ba;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
QString sdBm,msg0,msg1,msg2;
sdBm.sprintf(" %d",m_dBm);
m_tx=1-m_tx;
int i2=m_config.my_callsign().indexOf("/");
Now 6 digit locators are possible again add option to prefer type 1 WSPR messages This option, on by default, maintains backwards compatibility for non-compound callsign holders. If switched off and they have specified a 6 digit grid then it will be sent in the type 2 protocol using two messages and a hashed callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7053 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-03 23:33:13 +00:00
if(i2>0
|| (6 == m_config.my_grid ().size ()
&& !ui->WSPR_prefer_type_1_check_box->isChecked ())) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if(i2<0) { // "Type 2" WSPR message
msg1=m_config.my_callsign() + " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4) + sdBm;
} else {
msg1=m_config.my_callsign() + sdBm;
}
msg0="<" + m_config.my_callsign() + "> " + m_config.my_grid()+ sdBm;
if(m_tx==0) msg2=msg0;
if(m_tx==1) msg2=msg1;
} else {
msg2=m_config.my_callsign() + " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4) + sdBm; // Normal WSPR message
}
ba=msg2.toLatin1();
} else {
if(m_ntx == 1) ba=ui->tx1->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 2) ba=ui->tx2->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 3) ba=ui->tx3->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 4) ba=ui->tx4->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 5) ba=ui->tx5->currentText().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 6) ba=ui->tx6->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 7) ba=ui->genMsg->text().toLocal8Bit();
if(m_ntx == 8) ba=ui->freeTextMsg->currentText().toLocal8Bit();
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
ba2msg(ba,message);
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
int ichk=0;
if (m_lastMessageSent != m_currentMessage
|| m_lastMessageType != m_currentMessageType)
{
m_lastMessageSent = m_currentMessage;
m_lastMessageType = m_currentMessageType;
}
m_currentMessageType = 0;
Senc correct Tx tone after switching from JT4 to Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5573 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-10 14:58:55 +00:00
if(m_tune or m_mode=="Echo") {
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
itone[0]=0;
} else {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
int len2=28;
geniscat_(message, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),len2, len2);
msgsent[28]=0;
} else {
int len1=22;
if(m_modeTx=="JT4") gen4_(message, &ichk , msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
&m_currentMessageType, len1, len1);
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") gen9_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
&m_currentMessageType, len1, len1);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_modeTx=="JT65") gen65_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
&m_currentMessageType, len1, len1);
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
if(m_mode=="QRA64") genqra64_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
&m_currentMessageType, len1, len1);
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) genwspr_(message, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
len1, len1);
When MSK144 message is changed between long and short format, must inform Modulator. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6909 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 19:17:47 +00:00
if(m_modeTx=="MSK144") {
genmsk144_(message, &ichk, msgsent, const_cast<int *> (itone),
Add new MSK144 encoding routines and make the necessary accommodations. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7022 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-11 19:25:20 +00:00
&m_currentMessageType, len1, len1);
When MSK144 message is changed between long and short format, must inform Modulator. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6909 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 19:17:47 +00:00
if(m_restart) {
int nsym=144;
Change the MSK144 short-message frame size from 32 to 40 symbols. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6972 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-30 02:06:18 +00:00
if(itone[40]==-40) nsym=40;
When MSK144 message is changed between long and short format, must inform Modulator. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6909 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 19:17:47 +00:00
m_modulator->set_nsym(nsym);
}
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
msgsent[22]=0;
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
m_currentMessage = QString::fromLatin1(msgsent);
When MSK144 message is changed between long and short format, must inform Modulator. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6909 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 19:17:47 +00:00
if (m_tune) {
m_currentMessage = "TUNE";
m_currentMessageType = -1;
}
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
last_tx_label.setText("Last Tx: " + m_currentMessage);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if(m_restart) {
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
Added device error message to file open error messages Thanks to Mike W9MDB for contributing this as a patch. Also added a few more in elsewhere. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4883 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-01-06 19:00:46 +00:00
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append))
{
QTextStream out(&f);
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("hhmm")
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<< " Transmitting " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6)
<< " MHz " << m_modeTx
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
<< ": " << m_currentMessage << endl;
Added device error message to file open error messages Thanks to Mike W9MDB for contributing this as a patch. Also added a few more in elsewhere. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4883 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-01-06 19:00:46 +00:00
f.close();
}
else
{
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
auto const& message = tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ());
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050400
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, [=] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"), message);
});
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#else
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"), message);
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#endif
Added device error message to file open error messages Thanks to Mike W9MDB for contributing this as a patch. Also added a few more in elsewhere. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4883 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-01-06 19:00:46 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if (m_config.TX_messages ())
{
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayTransmittedText(m_currentMessage,m_modeTx,
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),m_config.color_TxMsg(),m_bFastMode);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
auto t2 = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc ().toString ("hhmm");
icw[0] = 0;
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
auto msg_parts = m_currentMessage.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
auto is_73 = message_is_73 (m_currentMessageType, msg_parts);
m_sentFirst73 = is_73
&& !message_is_73 (m_lastMessageType, m_lastMessageSent.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if (m_sentFirst73) {
m_qsoStop=t2;
if(m_config.id_after_73 () and (!m_bFastMode)) {
icw[0] = m_ncw;
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if (m_config.prompt_to_log () && !m_tune) {
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
logQSOTimer.start (0);
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
if (is_73 && m_config.disable_TX_on_73 ()) {
auto_tx_mode (false);
}
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_config.id_interval () >0 and (!m_bFastMode)) {
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
int nmin=(m_sec0-m_secID)/60;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if(nmin >= m_config.id_interval ()) {
Implemented CW ID. Signal reports 0 dB and above now displayed as "+03", "+16", etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-25 01:24:47 +00:00
icw[0]=m_ncw;
m_secID=m_sec0;
}
}
Refine the special treatment of 73 messages The feature to set the next message to be sent to auto generated message number 6 (CQ) is now only trggered when a transmission of a 73 message is made for the first time in a QSO. If a second 73 message is required, for example when a QSO partner repeats an RRR message after your 73 message, simply double clicking the RRR message will initiate another 73 message without triggering a log QSO dialog or setting the next message to CQ. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5065 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-17 14:59:19 +00:00
if (m_currentMessageType < 6 && msg_parts.length() >= 3
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
&& (msg_parts[1] == m_config.my_callsign () ||
msg_parts[1] == m_baseCall))
{
int i1;
bool ok;
i1 = msg_parts[2].toInt(&ok);
if(ok and i1>=-50 and i1<50)
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
{
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_rptSent = msg_parts[2];
m_qsoStart = t2;
} else {
if (msg_parts[2].mid (0, 1) == "R")
{
i1 = msg_parts[2].mid (1).toInt (&ok);
if (ok and i1 >= -50 and i1 < 50)
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
{
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_rptSent = msg_parts[2].mid (1);
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
m_qsoStart = t2;
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_restart=false;
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if (!m_auto && m_sentFirst73)
{
m_sentFirst73 = false;
if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex())
{
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
} else {
More massaging of draft paper on the FT dedoder. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6205 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-01 00:28:58 +00:00
//JHT 11/29/2015 m_ntx=6;
// ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if (g_iptt == 1 && m_iptt0 == 0)
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
{
Ant mouse press or key press in the main window resets the Tx watchdog git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6831 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
auto const& current_message = QString::fromLatin1 (msgsent);
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
if(m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")
&& current_message != m_msgSent0) {
tx_watchdog (false); // in case we are auto sequencing
m_msgSent0 = current_message;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Ant mouse press or key press in the main window resets the Tx watchdog git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6831 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if(!m_tune) {
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("hhmm")
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<< " Transmitting " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
<< m_modeTx
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
<< ": " << m_currentMessage << endl;
f.close();
} else {
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
auto const& message = tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg(f.errorString ());
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050400
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, [=] { // don't block guiUpdate
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"), message);
});
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#else
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"), message);
Keep compliance back to Qt 5.2 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6842 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 13:22:56 +00:00
#endif
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (m_config.TX_messages () && !m_tune) {
Ant mouse press or key press in the main window resets the Tx watchdog git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6831 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-30 16:25:47 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayTransmittedText(current_message, m_modeTx,
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),m_config.color_TxMsg(),m_bFastMode);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
m_transmitting = true;
transmitDisplay (true);
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ();
Write dial frequency and JT9 submode to all.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3232 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-27 13:11:29 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if(!m_btxok && m_btxok0 && g_iptt==1) stopTx();
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if(m_startAnother) {
m_startAnother=false;
on_actionOpen_next_in_directory_triggered();
}
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
//Once per second:
if(nsec != m_sec0) {
Implement real-time decoding in MSK144 mode, for testing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7097 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
qDebug() << m_config.contestMode() << m_config.realTimeDecode();
Add markers for RO RRR 73 messages on the Wide Graph scale. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6557 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 16:46:52 +00:00
g_single_decode=m_config.single_decode();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_auto and m_mode=="Echo" and m_bEchoTxOK) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar.setMaximum(6);
progressBar.setValue(int(m_s6));
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if(m_mode!="Echo") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_monitoring or m_transmitting) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar.setMaximum(m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int isec=int(fmod(tsec,m_TRperiod));
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar.setValue(isec);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
} else {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar.setValue(0);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
Do not make unneeded rig adjustments when Doppler tracking disabled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5595 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
astroUpdate ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
if(m_transmitting) {
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
char s[37];
sprintf(s,"Tx: %s",msgsent);
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_nsendingsh=0;
if(s[4]==64) m_nsendingsh=1;
if(m_nsendingsh==1 or m_currentMessageType==7) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #66ffff}");
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
} else if(m_nsendingsh==-1 or m_currentMessageType==6) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #ffccff}");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #ffff33}");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Removed the bi-directional CAT control: an unsuccessful experiment. Removed an unhelpful change to decoder(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
if(m_tune) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setText("Tx: TUNE");
Removed the bi-directional CAT control: an unsuccessful experiment. Removed an unhelpful change to decoder(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
} else {
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setText("Tx: ECHO");
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
} else {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setText(s);
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
Removed the bi-directional CAT control: an unsuccessful experiment. Removed an unhelpful change to decoder(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else if(m_monitoring) {
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
if (!m_tx_watchdog) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("QLabel{background-color: #00ff00}");
tx_status_label.setText ("Receiving");
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
transmitDisplay(false);
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
} else if (!m_diskData && !m_tx_watchdog) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("");
tx_status_label.setText("");
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
QDateTime t = QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
Much code cleanup: remove unised variables and code. Include # channels in audio device offerings. Start implementing "msgsent" correctly. (Not finished!) Include Date in UTC display. Use the properly computer snrdb. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2718 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-12 16:33:45 +00:00
QString utc = t.date().toString("yyyy MMM dd") + "\n " +
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
t.time().toString() + " ";
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
ui->labUTC->setText(utc);
Basic operation with waterfall display, thermo, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2598 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-26 00:48:49 +00:00
if(!m_monitoring and !m_diskData) {
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
This is test code!! I have changed the declarations of the Rig class functions we use: open() setConf() getFreq() setFreq() setPTT() close() ... so that each one returns the (negative) error code returned by hamlib. These functions no longer throw exceptions. Initial tests seem to show things working well. I have found one condition that causes a crash. The rig is initially opened and is running OK (in this case, with the Polling interval set to 1 s). Then the radio is turned off. The next call to getFreq() never returns. Probably we need to set a timeout limit? The code is kinda on the quick-and-dirty side. Improvements will be welcom! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3246 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-30 18:54:11 +00:00
m_sec0=nsec;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
displayDialFrequency ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_iptt0=g_iptt;
m_btxok0=m_btxok;
1. Blank line (gray background) to decoded text window at start of new decoding minute. 2. LogQSO confirmation screen no longer blocks GUIupdate(). 3. Remove an unused item from Help menu. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3117 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-29 00:21:26 +00:00
} //End of GUIupdate
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
void MainWindow::startTx2()
{
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
if (!m_modulator->isActive ()) { // TODO - not thread safe
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
double fSpread=0.0;
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
double snr=99.0;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QString t=ui->tx5->currentText();
if(t.mid(0,1)=="#") fSpread=t.mid(1,5).toDouble();
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_modulator->setSpread(fSpread); // TODO - not thread safe
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
t=ui->tx6->text();
if(t.mid(0,1)=="#") snr=t.mid(1,5).toDouble();
Removed the bi-directional CAT control: an unsuccessful experiment. Removed an unhelpful change to decoder(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3193 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 14:53:58 +00:00
if(snr>0.0 or snr < -50.0) snr=99.0;
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
transmit (snr);
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0);
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if(m_mode=="Echo" and !m_tune) m_bTransmittedEcho=true;
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and !m_tune) {
Only show WSPR transmitting message when configured to show Tx messages Also changed the default for the "Tx messages to Rx window" setting true. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5521 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 11:32:25 +00:00
if (m_config.TX_messages ()) {
t = " Transmitting " + m_mode + " ----------------------- " +
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal);
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
t=WSPR_hhmm(0) + ' ' + t.rightJustified (66, '-');
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
Only show WSPR transmitting message when configured to show Tx messages Also changed the default for the "Tx messages to Rx window" setting true. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5521 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 11:32:25 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("ALL_WSPR.TXT")};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyMMdd hhmm")
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<< " Transmitting " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz: "
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
<< m_currentMessage << " " + m_mode << endl;
f.close();
} else {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Log File Error"),
tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
}
}
void MainWindow::stopTx()
{
Qt 5 Audio replaces PortAudio. Currently only Qt5 or above is known to work with this code. It may be possible to backport it to Qt4 if required. Audio output goes back to a separate thread to try and minimize stutters in streaming on Windows particularly. A crash on Linux due to mishandling of stereo audio output has been fixed and both left and right channels are now correctly synthesised with identical contents. Rigs are enumerated directly from hamlib API rather than running a sub process reading output of rigctl -l. This was initially done to get rid of some GUI thread blocking in the configuration dialog, but is generally a better way of doing it anyway. Some refactoring in MainWindow to accomodate the audio streaming, modulation and detecting classes. Exit handling for application refactored to use signals rather than brute force event loop exit. This was required to get correct thread shutdown semantics. The GUI update timer is now stopped during application shutdown which is necessary to stop crashes when shutting down gracefully with signals and window close() calls. There is an outstanding issue with Linux audio streams; the QAudio Input/Output classes create a new stream name each time a stream is started. This doesn't play well with PulseAudio utilities such as pavucontrol to set stream volume as settings are lost every tx period. I have tried to keep a single stream for all output but there are problems restarting it that haven't been resolved yet. The QtCreator project file has been rearranged a little because it passes all the object files to the linker rather than using an archive library. Since the GNU linker is single pass; the object files need to be in a logical order with definitions appearing afer references to them. This was required to avoid a linking error. The lib/Makefile.linux has been enhanced to use the fortran compiler to locate the correct version of the Fortran library to use. This is necessary on the latest Linux distros because the unversioned symlink to compiler support libraries is no longer provided. This only an issue with mixed programming language links where the linker driver for one language has to link support libraraies for another language. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3532 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-07 23:09:13 +00:00
Q_EMIT endTransmitMessage ();
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
m_btxok = false;
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
m_transmitting = false;
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
g_iptt=0;
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
if (!m_tx_watchdog) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet("");
tx_status_label.setText("");
}
Add a user control for Tx Delay, on the Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7058 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 23:18:48 +00:00
ptt0Timer.start(200); //end-of-transmission sequencer delay
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
monitor (true);
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ();
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::stopTx2()
{
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_ptt (false); //Lower PTT
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT9" and m_bFast9 and ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked() and m_ntx==5 and (m_nTx73>=5)) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
m_nTx73=0;
}
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_ntr==-1 and !m_tuneup) {
Reinstall code to mark WSPR transmissionsa yellow dividing line. Re-order several lines of code so that Doppler frequency updates occur before PTT is asserted. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5491 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-02 00:23:17 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setWSPRtransmitted();
Improved function name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5547 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
WSPR_scheduling ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_ntr=0;
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_config.offsetRxFreq() and ui->cbCQRx->isChecked()) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_frequency(m_freqNominal);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
RxQSYTimer.start(50);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
}
void MainWindow::RxQSY()
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// this appears to be a null directive
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_frequency(m_freqNominal);
}
Continuing to work on Rig Control. Changed "Tx = QSO Freq" button to a band-change ComboBox. Rig control of frequency setting and T/R now works on TS-2000. T/R sequencing is not yet correct, but I thimnk it still works OK in the DTR/RTS switching mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3083 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-24 17:29:26 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::ba2msg(QByteArray ba, char message[]) //ba2msg()
{
Correct an error in ba2msg(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2743 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-16 16:42:28 +00:00
int iz=ba.length();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
for(int i=0;i<28; i++) {
Fixed the "DF6NM 73 K" bug in message packing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2787 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-29 19:01:48 +00:00
if(i<iz) {
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
message[i]=ba[i];
Fixed the "DF6NM 73 K" bug in message packing. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2787 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-29 19:01:48 +00:00
} else {
message[i]=32;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
message[28]=0;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_txFirstCheckBox_stateChanged(int nstate) //TxFirst
{
m_txFirst = (nstate==2);
}
void MainWindow::set_ntx(int n) //set_ntx()
{
m_ntx=n;
}
void MainWindow::on_txb1_clicked() //txb1
{
m_ntx=1;
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
Improved next and current Tx message widget short cuts Short cut keys implemented via a special key press event handler do not fully integrate with the UI and standard UI implementation guidelines, also they introduce an alternative code path that can diverge from the intended behaviour. Short cuts to set the next Tx message have been added as Ctrl+<number>. Alt+<number> short cuts now do as the help implies i.e. change the current Tx message even if there is another message being transmitted. The log QSO window should only be triggered by a 73 Tx message when transmitting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:34:18 +00:00
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_txb2_clicked() //txb2
{
m_ntx=2;
ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
Improved next and current Tx message widget short cuts Short cut keys implemented via a special key press event handler do not fully integrate with the UI and standard UI implementation guidelines, also they introduce an alternative code path that can diverge from the intended behaviour. Short cuts to set the next Tx message have been added as Ctrl+<number>. Alt+<number> short cuts now do as the help implies i.e. change the current Tx message even if there is another message being transmitted. The log QSO window should only be triggered by a 73 Tx message when transmitting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:34:18 +00:00
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_txb3_clicked() //txb3
{
m_ntx=3;
ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
Improved next and current Tx message widget short cuts Short cut keys implemented via a special key press event handler do not fully integrate with the UI and standard UI implementation guidelines, also they introduce an alternative code path that can diverge from the intended behaviour. Short cuts to set the next Tx message have been added as Ctrl+<number>. Alt+<number> short cuts now do as the help implies i.e. change the current Tx message even if there is another message being transmitted. The log QSO window should only be triggered by a 73 Tx message when transmitting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:34:18 +00:00
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_txb4_clicked() //txb4
{
m_ntx=4;
ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
Improved next and current Tx message widget short cuts Short cut keys implemented via a special key press event handler do not fully integrate with the UI and standard UI implementation guidelines, also they introduce an alternative code path that can diverge from the intended behaviour. Short cuts to set the next Tx message have been added as Ctrl+<number>. Alt+<number> short cuts now do as the help implies i.e. change the current Tx message even if there is another message being transmitted. The log QSO window should only be triggered by a 73 Tx message when transmitting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:34:18 +00:00
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_txb5_clicked() //txb5
{
m_ntx=5;
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
Improved next and current Tx message widget short cuts Short cut keys implemented via a special key press event handler do not fully integrate with the UI and standard UI implementation guidelines, also they introduce an alternative code path that can diverge from the intended behaviour. Short cuts to set the next Tx message have been added as Ctrl+<number>. Alt+<number> short cuts now do as the help implies i.e. change the current Tx message even if there is another message being transmitted. The log QSO window should only be triggered by a 73 Tx message when transmitting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:34:18 +00:00
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_txb6_clicked() //txb6
{
m_ntx=6;
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
Improved next and current Tx message widget short cuts Short cut keys implemented via a special key press event handler do not fully integrate with the UI and standard UI implementation guidelines, also they introduce an alternative code path that can diverge from the intended behaviour. Short cuts to set the next Tx message have been added as Ctrl+<number>. Alt+<number> short cuts now do as the help implies i.e. change the current Tx message even if there is another message being transmitted. The log QSO window should only be triggered by a 73 Tx message when transmitting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4992 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:34:18 +00:00
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
void MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall2(bool shift, bool ctrl)
{
m_decodedText2=true;
doubleClickOnCall(shift,ctrl);
m_decodedText2=false;
}
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
Shift-double-click on decoded line does NOT change the frequencies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3032 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-01 21:25:33 +00:00
void MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall(bool shift, bool ctrl)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
QTextCursor cursor;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
QString t; //Full contents
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
MessageBox::information_message (this,
"Double-click not presently implemented for ISCAT mode");
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if(shift) t=""; //Silence compiler warning
if(m_decodedText2) {
cursor=ui->decodedTextBrowser->textCursor();
t= ui->decodedTextBrowser->toPlainText();
} else {
cursor=ui->decodedTextBrowser2->textCursor();
t= ui->decodedTextBrowser2->toPlainText();
}
Set fQSO as well as TxFreq when decoded text line is double-clicked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3026 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-01 14:49:26 +00:00
cursor.select(QTextCursor::LineUnderCursor);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
int position {cursor.position()};
if(shift && position==-9999) return; //Silence compiler warning
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
QString messages;
if(!m_decodedText2) messages= ui->decodedTextBrowser2->toPlainText();
if(m_decodedText2) messages= ui->decodedTextBrowser->toPlainText();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(ui->cbCQRx->isChecked()) m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn=true;
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
processMessage(messages, position, ctrl);
}
Now have two decoded text boxes: left for decodes at QSO frequency, right for everything else. NB: I have screwed up the vertical expansion of mainwindow: growth occurs at the bottom, rather than in the text boxes. Help! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-04 00:09:25 +00:00
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
void MainWindow::processMessage(QString const& messages, int position, bool ctrl)
{
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
QString t1 = messages.mid(0,position); //contents up to \n on selected line
int i1=t1.lastIndexOf("\n") + 1; //points to first char of line
1. Decoded text should now remain left justified even if the font is too large for the window 2. The main window can be expanded wider to allow those with large screens to use larger fonts 3. New class DecodedText handles the formatted text from decoder.f90. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
DecodedText decodedtext;
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
QString t2 = messages.mid(i1,position-i1); //selected line
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QString t2a;
int ntsec=3600*t2.mid(0,2).toInt() + 60*t2.mid(2,2).toInt();
if(m_bFast9) {
ntsec = ntsec + t2.mid(4,2).toInt();
t2a=t2.mid(0,4) + t2.mid(6,-1); //Change hhmmss to hhmm for the message parser
} else {
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
t2a=t2.left (44); // strip and quality info trailing the decoded message
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
if(m_bFast9) {
i1=t2a.indexOf(" CQ ");
if(i1>10) {
bool ok;
int kHz=t2a.mid(i1+4,3).toInt(&ok);
if(ok and kHz>=0 and kHz<=999) {
t2a=t2a.mid(0,i1+4) + t2a.mid(i1+8,-1);
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency frequency {m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000*kHz}; //QSY Freq for answering CQ nnn
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
QString t;
Fix QSY message when answering CQ nnn. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6933 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-20 23:42:20 +00:00
t.sprintf("QSY %7.3f", frequency / 1e6);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayQSY(t);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// ui->labDialFreq->setText (Radio::pretty_frequency_MHz_string (frequency));
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_frequency (frequency);
}
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting)
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ()
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
&& m_config.split_mode ())
{
// All conditions are met, reset the transmit dial frequency:
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency(frequency);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
1. Only the left 'band activity' display has DXCC and worked B4 status 2. Moved some of the text handling code from MainWindow to Displaytext git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3550 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-15 12:24:12 +00:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
decodedtext = t2a;
if (decodedtext.indexOf(" CQ ") > 0) {
Adjust decodes displays and processing for extra csync indicator after mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 18:53:00 +00:00
// TODO this magic 37 characters is also referenced in DisplayText::_appendDXCCWorkedB4()
auto eom_pos = decodedtext.string ().indexOf (' ', 36);
if (eom_pos < 36) eom_pos = decodedtext.string ().size () - 1; // we always want at least the characters
// to position 36
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
decodedtext = decodedtext.string ().left (eom_pos + 1); // remove DXCC entity and worked B4 status. TODO need a better way to do this
}
1. Fix for the locator being truncated on double click when the call was unexpectly long 2. Removed commented code left over from previous edits in MainWindow::doubleClickOnCall() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-28 03:56:43 +00:00
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
auto t3 = decodedtext.string ();
auto t4 = t3.replace (" CQ DX ", " CQ_DX ").split (" ", QString::SkipEmptyParts);
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
if(t4.size () < 6) return; //Skip the rest if no decoded text
1. Remove the "color highlight left window" option. 2. Re-establish the pxdb measurement for Thermo. 3. Double-click on decoded line copies it to QSO window (unless it's already there). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3276 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-16 23:52:04 +00:00
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
int frequency = decodedtext.frequencyOffset();
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ())
{
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (frequency); //Set Rx freq
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
}
if (decodedtext.isTX())
{
if (ctrl && ui->TxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ())
{
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(frequency); //Set Tx freq
}
return;
}
Do not act on double clicks of empty decode window lines Tx period was erroneously being forced to odd/2nd. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6670 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 01:32:16 +00:00
int nmod=ntsec % (2*m_TRperiod);
m_txFirst=(nmod!=0);
ui->txFirstCheckBox->setChecked(m_txFirst);
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
QString hiscall;
QString hisgrid;
decodedtext.deCallAndGrid(/*out*/hiscall,hisgrid);
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
if (!Radio::is_callsign (hiscall) // not interested if not from QSO partner
&& !(t4.size () == 7 // unless it is of the form
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
&& (t4.at (5) == m_baseCall // "<our-call> 73"
|| t4.at (5).startsWith (m_baseCall + '/')
|| t4.at (5).endsWith ('/' + m_baseCall))
&& t4.at (6) == "73"))
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
{
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
qDebug () << "Not processing message - hiscall:" << hiscall << "hisgrid:" << hisgrid;
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
return;
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
// only allow automatic mode changes between JT9 and JT65, and when not transmitting
Only change mode on double-click of a decode in dual mode Automatic mode change between JT9 and JT65 should only happen when dual JT9+JT65 mode is selected. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6071 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-10 23:26:42 +00:00
if (!m_transmitting and m_mode == "JT9+JT65") {
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
if (decodedtext.isJT9())
{
m_modeTx="JT9";
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
} else if (decodedtext.isJT65()) {
m_modeTx="JT65";
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
}
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
} else if ((decodedtext.isJT9 () and m_modeTx != "JT9" and m_mode != "JT4") or
(decodedtext.isJT65 () and m_modeTx != "JT65" and m_mode != "JT4")) {
// if we are not allowing mode change then don't process decode
return;
}
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
QString firstcall = decodedtext.call();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(!m_bFastMode) {
// Don't change Tx freq if in a fast mode; also not if a station is calling me,
// unless m_lockTxFreq is true or CTRL is held down
if ((firstcall!=m_config.my_callsign () and firstcall != m_baseCall) or
m_lockTxFreq or ctrl) {
if (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) {
if(!m_bFastMode) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(frequency);
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
} else if(m_mode != "JT4" && m_mode != "JT65" && !m_mode.startsWith ("JT9") &&
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
m_mode != "QRA64") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
return;
}
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Disallow mode changes from decode dbl-clicks when transmitting. The message generation code doen't allow for a mode change on the fly so this has been disabled. Also and decode double click that would change a message or change mode or change a frquency that gets disallowed is ignored i.e. the outgoing message is not changed either. Remove a duplicate Tx message in decode window that crept in in a prior change. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4353 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:26:03 +00:00
1. Decoded text should now remain left justified even if the font is too large for the window 2. The main window can be expanded wider to allow those with large screens to use larger fonts 3. New class DecodedText handles the formatted text from decoder.f90. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
int i9=m_QSOText.indexOf(decodedtext.string());
if (i9<0 and !decodedtext.isTX())
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
decodedtext=t2;
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->displayDecodedText(decodedtext, m_baseCall, false, m_logBook,
m_config.color_CQ(), m_config.color_MyCall(), m_config.color_DXCC(),
m_config.color_NewCall());
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_QSOText=decodedtext;
}
1. Remove the "color highlight left window" option. 2. Re-establish the pxdb measurement for Thermo. 3. Double-click on decoded line copies it to QSO window (unless it's already there). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3276 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-16 23:52:04 +00:00
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
// prior DX call (possible QSO partner)
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
auto qso_partner_base_call = Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry-> text ());
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
auto base_call = Radio::base_callsign (hiscall);
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if (base_call != Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry-> text ()) || base_call != hiscall)
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
{
Clear the DX grid if the base call of the DX call changes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7040 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-29 17:01:46 +00:00
if (Radio::base_callsign (ui->dxCallEntry->text ()) != base_call) {
// clear the DX grid if the base call of his call is different
// from the current DX call
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
// his base call different or his call more qualified
// i.e. compound version of same base call
ui->dxCallEntry->setText (hiscall);
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if (grid_regexp.exactMatch (hisgrid)) {
Better logic for WSPR scheduling. Don't overwrite a grid6 with grid4 obtained by double-clicking on a decode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
if(ui->dxGridEntry->text().mid(0,4) != hisgrid) ui->dxGridEntry->setText(hisgrid);
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if (!ui->dxGridEntry->text ().size ())
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
lookup();
1. Decoded text should now remain left justified even if the font is too large for the window 2. The main window can be expanded wider to allow those with large screens to use larger fonts 3. New class DecodedText handles the formatted text from decoder.f90. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
m_hisGrid = ui->dxGridEntry->text();
QString rpt = decodedtext.report();
Fix up message generation when short messages are used and decoded. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6466 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-04 17:30:04 +00:00
int n=rpt.toInt();
Save/Restore status of Sh box. Limit range of auto-generated short-message reports to -4 to +10 dB. Include +/- sign in all reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6907 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_bShMsgs) {
Quantize short reports to 4 bits: -3 0 3 6 10 13 16 RRR 73. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6998 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-04 16:05:10 +00:00
int n=rpt.toInt();
if(n<=-2) n=-3;
if(n>=-1 and n<=1) n=0;
if(n>=2 and n<=4) n=3;
if(n>=5 and n<=7) n=6;
if(n>=8 and n<=11) n=10;
if(n>=12 and n<=14) n=13;
if(n>=15) n=16;
Save/Restore status of Sh box. Limit range of auto-generated short-message reports to -4 to +10 dB. Include +/- sign in all reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6907 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-12 15:45:27 +00:00
rpt=QString::number(n);
}
Fix up message generation when short messages are used and decoded. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6466 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-04 17:30:04 +00:00
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(n);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
genStdMsgs(rpt);
1. Decoded text should now remain left justified even if the font is too large for the window 2. The main window can be expanded wider to allow those with large screens to use larger fonts 3. New class DecodedText handles the formatted text from decoder.f90. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
// Determine appropriate response to received message
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
auto dtext = " " + decodedtext.string () + " ";
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
if(dtext.contains (" " + m_baseCall + " ")
Fix up message generation when short messages are used and decoded. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6466 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-04 17:30:04 +00:00
|| dtext.contains ("<" + m_baseCall + " ")
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
|| dtext.contains ("/" + m_baseCall + " ")
|| dtext.contains (" " + m_baseCall + "/")
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
|| (firstcall == "DE" && ((t4.size () > 7 && t4.at(7) != "73") || t4.size () <= 7)))
1. Decoded text should now remain left justified even if the font is too large for the window 2. The main window can be expanded wider to allow those with large screens to use larger fonts 3. New class DecodedText handles the formatted text from decoder.f90. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3564 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-25 01:48:45 +00:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
if (t4.size () > 7 // enough fields for a normal msg
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
and !grid_regexp.exactMatch (t4.at (7))) // but no grid on end of msg
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
QString r=t4.at (7);
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
if(r.mid(0,3)=="RRR" || (r.toInt()==73)) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_ntx=5;
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx5->currentText());
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
} else if(r.mid(0,1)=="R") {
m_ntx=4;
ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx4->text());
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
} else if(r.toInt()>=-50 and r.toInt()<=49) {
m_ntx=3;
ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx3->text());
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
}
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
}
else if (t4.size () == 7 && t4.at (6) == "73") {
// 73 back to compound call holder
m_ntx=5;
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx5->currentText());
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
Add MSK144 "Contest mode" option to skip Tx2 and Tx3. Needs checking! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7070 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-09 18:37:00 +00:00
} else {
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_config.contestMode()) {
m_ntx=4;
ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
} else {
m_ntx=2;
ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
}
After double-click on decoded text, go to the proper Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx2->text());
After double-click on decoded text, go to the proper Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn and m_transmitting) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
TxAgainTimer.start(1500);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
m_bDoubleClickAfterCQnnn=false;
After double-click on decoded text, go to the proper Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
------------------------------------------------------------------------ r5297 | bsomervi | 2015-04-26 17:26:54 +0100 (Sun, 26 Apr 2015) | 49 lines Various defect repairs and ambigous behaviour clarifications A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where PTT on an alternate serial port when using no CAT control is resolved. A regression introduced in v1.5.0-rc1 where the network server field was not being restored in the settings dialog has been resolved. In settings the "Test PTT" button is now styled by checked state. The "Test PTT" button is enabled without needing click "Test CAT" first when no CAT rig control is selected. Various parts of the settings dialog are now disabled when no CAT rig control is selected. These are the "Mode" group, the "Split Operation" group and the "Monitor returns to last used frequency" check box. None of these have any visible impact nor make sense without CAT rig control. Initialization and teardown of rig control internals has been revised to avoid several problems related to timing and when switching between different CAT settings. This includes improvements in having the operating frequency restored between sessions when not using CAT rig control. The initialization of OmniRig connections has been improved, unfortunately it is still possible to get an exception when clicking the "Test CAT" button where just clicking "OK" and leaving the settings dialog will probably work. Some unnecessary CAT commands output during direct rig control have been elided to reduce the level of traffic a little. The handling of some automatically generated free text messages used when the station is a type 2 compound callsign or is working a type 2 compound callsign has been improved. This is related to how a double click on a message of the form "DE TI4/N0URE 73" is double clicked. The new behaviour depends on whether the current "DX Call" matches the call in the message. This resolves the ambiguity as to whether this message is a sign off at the end of a QSO with current operator (a 73 message is generated) or a tail end opportunity where the message should be treated the same as a CQ or QRZ message (WSJT-X QSYs to the frequency, generates messages and selects message one ready to call). This still leaves some potential ambiguous behaviors in this complex area but selecting "Clear DX call and grid after logging" should resolve most of them. Rig control trace messages have been cleaned up and are now more helpful, less verbose and, tidier in the source code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Merged from the wsjtx-1.5 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5298 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
else if (firstcall == "DE" && t4.size () == 8 && t4.at (7) == "73") {
if (base_call == qso_partner_base_call) {
// 73 back to compound call holder
m_ntx=5;
ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx5->currentText());
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
}
else {
// treat like a CQ/QRZ
m_ntx=1;
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx1->text());
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
}
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
else // myCall not in msg
{
m_ntx=1;
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
After double-click on decoded text, go to the proper Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
if(ui->tabWidget->currentIndex()==1) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx1->text());
After double-click on decoded text, go to the proper Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3243 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-29 18:35:58 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_config.quick_call()) auto_tx_mode(true);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
void MainWindow::genStdMsgs(QString rpt)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
After F4, do a genStdMsgs() and leave CQ message in Tx6. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-09 21:19:22 +00:00
QString t;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_config.my_callsign() !="" and m_config.my_grid() !="")
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
t="CQ " + m_config.my_callsign() + " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4);
if(m_config.offsetRxFreq() and ui->cbCQRx->isChecked()) {
t.sprintf("CQ %3.3d ",m_freqCQ);
t += m_config.my_callsign() + " " + m_config.my_grid().mid(0,4);
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT4") t="@1000 (TUNE)";
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx6);
}
else
{
ui->tx6->setText("");
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
QString hisCall=ui->dxCallEntry->text();
if(!hisCall.size ()) {
ui->labAz->clear ();
ui->labDist->clear ();
ui->tx1->clear ();
ui->tx2->clear ();
ui->tx3->clear ();
ui->tx4->clear ();
ui->tx5->lineEdit ()->clear ();
ui->genMsg->clear ();
Warning: these changes have not yet been thoroughly tested! 1. Correct the TxMode label on program startup. 2. Insert TxMode (not RxMode) into the "Transmitting..." lines in ALL.TXT. 3. Put TxMode in wsjtx_status.txt. 4. F4 clears Az, Dist, and all Tx messages as well as DxCall and DxGrid. 5. Make it possible to decode JT9 in the "JT65 region", and vice-versa, with directed double-click on signal in waterfall. 6. Improved logic for enabling/disabling TestPTT button on setup screen. 7. Do not call getFreq() when TestPTT is activated under CAT control. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
return;
}
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
QString hisBase = Radio::base_callsign (hisCall);
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
QString t0=hisBase + " " + m_baseCall + " ";
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
t=t0 + m_config.my_grid ().mid(0,4);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
RO, RRR, 73 short messages apply only to JT65. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 14:01:28 +00:00
if(ui->cbShMsgs->isVisible() and ui->cbShMsgs->isChecked() and
m_mode=="JT65") {
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
t=t+" OOO";
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
msgtype("RO", ui->tx3);
msgtype("RRR", ui->tx4);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
msgtype("73", ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int n=rpt.toInt();
Replace the "+" sign in display of positive dB reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6912 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 20:32:48 +00:00
rpt.sprintf("%+2.2d",n);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and m_bShMsgs) {
Enable generation of JTMSK short messages and reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6421 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-22 18:10:39 +00:00
int i=t0.length()-1;
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
t0="<" + t0.mid(0,i) + "> ";
if(n<=-2) n=-3;
if(n>=-1 and n<=1) n=0;
if(n>=2 and n<=4) n=3;
if(n>=5 and n<=7) n=6;
if(n>=8 and n<=11) n=10;
if(n>=12 and n<=14) n=13;
if(n>=15) n=16;
rpt.sprintf("%+2.2d",n);
Enable generation of JTMSK short messages and reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6421 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-22 18:10:39 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
t=t0 + rpt;
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
t=t0 + "R" + rpt;
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
t=t0 + "RRR";
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT4" and m_bShMsgs) t="@1500 (RRR)";
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx4);
t=t0 + "73";
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT4" and m_bShMsgs) t="@1750 (73)";
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Function "msgtype" needs work to compile in Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2742 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-16 16:08:33 +00:00
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
if(m_config.my_callsign () != m_baseCall) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if(shortList(m_config.my_callsign ())) {
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
t=hisBase + " " + m_config.my_callsign ();
Improve the way messages with compound calls are automatically generated. Routine packmsg now tries the shortlist (Type 1 prefix or suffix) first. Then it tries to to make a valid message using a Type 2 prefix or suffix. If both fail, it packs the first 13 characters as a free-text message. The GUI now generates the most useful messages with compound callsigns of all valid types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4533 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
t="CQ " + m_config.my_callsign ();
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_config.offsetRxFreq() and ui->cbCQRx->isChecked()) {
t.sprintf("CQ %3.3d ",m_freqCQ);
t += m_config.my_callsign ();
}
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx6);
} else {
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
switch (m_config.type_2_msg_gen ())
{
case Configuration::type_2_msg_1_full:
t="DE " + m_config.my_callsign () + " " + m_config.my_grid ().mid(0,4);
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
t=t0 + "R" + rpt;
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
break;
case Configuration::type_2_msg_3_full:
t = t0 + m_config.my_grid ().mid(0,4);
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
t="DE " + m_config.my_callsign () + " R" + rpt;
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
break;
case Configuration::type_2_msg_5_only:
t = t0 + m_config.my_grid ().mid(0,4);
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
t=t0 + "R" + rpt;
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
break;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
t="DE " + m_config.my_callsign () + " 73";
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
}
Use a type 1 compound call message for Tx1 where possible VHF & up conventions prefer that QSO partners send the other station's full call sign to confirm its reception before sending any R-dB or RRR report. This is not always possible but in the case of one party having a type 1 compound call sign it should be done in the Tx 1 message. In the last resort (working a type 2 compound call sign or where both parties have a compound call sign) the QSO partner's full call sign is sent in a free text 73 message like "<full-call> 73". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6081 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
if (hisCall != hisBase
&& m_config.type_2_msg_gen () != Configuration::type_2_msg_5_only) {
// cfm we have his full call copied as we could not do this earlier
t = hisCall + " 73";
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
}
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
} else {
if(hisCall!=hisBase) {
if(shortList(hisCall)) {
Use a type 1 compound call message for Tx1 where possible VHF & up conventions prefer that QSO partners send the other station's full call sign to confirm its reception before sending any R-dB or RRR report. This is not always possible but in the case of one party having a type 1 compound call sign it should be done in the Tx 1 message. In the last resort (working a type 2 compound call sign or where both parties have a compound call sign) the QSO partner's full call sign is sent in a free text 73 message like "<full-call> 73". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6081 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
// cfm we know his full call with a type 1 tx1 message
t=hisCall + " " + m_config.my_callsign ();
Improve the way messages with compound calls are automatically generated. Routine packmsg now tries the shortlist (Type 1 prefix or suffix) first. Then it tries to to make a valid message using a Type 2 prefix or suffix. If both fail, it packs the first 13 characters as a free-text message. The GUI now generates the most useful messages with compound callsigns of all valid types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4533 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
}
Use a type 1 compound call message for Tx1 where possible VHF & up conventions prefer that QSO partners send the other station's full call sign to confirm its reception before sending any R-dB or RRR report. This is not always possible but in the case of one party having a type 1 compound call sign it should be done in the Tx 1 message. In the last resort (working a type 2 compound call sign or where both parties have a compound call sign) the QSO partner's full call sign is sent in a free text 73 message like "<full-call> 73". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6081 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-12 01:16:44 +00:00
else {
t=hisCall + " 73";
msgtype(t, ui->tx5->lineEdit());
}
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
}
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
m_ntx=1;
ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
m_rpt=rpt;
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::TxAgain()
{
auto_tx_mode(true);
}
Clear generated messages when clearing DX after logging git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
void MainWindow::clearDX ()
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
ui->dxCallEntry->clear ();
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
m_rptSent.clear ();
m_rptRcvd.clear ();
m_qsoStart.clear ();
m_qsoStop.clear ();
genStdMsgs (QString {});
Clear generated messages when clearing DX after logging git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
if (1 == ui->tabWidget->currentIndex())
{
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
m_ntx=7;
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
}
else
{
m_ntx=6;
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
}
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
void MainWindow::lookup() //lookup()
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
QString hisCall {ui->dxCallEntry->text()};
if (!hisCall.size ()) return;
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if (f.open (QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text))
{
char c[132];
qint64 n=0;
for(int i=0; i<999999; i++) {
n=f.readLine(c,sizeof(c));
if(n <= 0) {
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
ui->dxGridEntry->clear ();
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
break;
}
QString t=QString(c);
if(t.indexOf(hisCall)==0) {
int i1=t.indexOf(",");
QString hisgrid=t.mid(i1+1,6);
i1=hisgrid.indexOf(",");
if(i1>0) {
hisgrid=hisgrid.mid(0,4);
} else {
hisgrid=hisgrid.mid(0,4) + hisgrid.mid(4,2).toLower();
}
ui->dxGridEntry->setText(hisgrid);
break;
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
f.close();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
}
void MainWindow::on_lookupButton_clicked() //Lookup button
{
lookup();
}
void MainWindow::on_addButton_clicked() //Add button
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if(!ui->dxGridEntry->text ().size ()) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
, tr ("Please enter a valid grid locator"));
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
return;
}
m_call3Modified=false;
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
QString hisCall=ui->dxCallEntry->text();
QString hisgrid=ui->dxGridEntry->text();
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
QString newEntry=hisCall + "," + hisgrid;
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
// int ret = MessageBox::query_message(this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT"),
// tr ("Is %1 known to be active on EME?").arg (newEntry));
// if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// newEntry += ",EME,,";
// } else {
newEntry += ",,,";
// }
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f1 {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if(!f1.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Text)) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for read/write: %2")
.arg (f1.fileName ()).arg (f1.errorString ()));
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
return;
}
Add "gridOK()" functiion, used for PSKreporter and double-clock on call. Double-click on decoded line copies valid grid to dxGrid box. Add button workd with an empty call3.txt file. QSO start/stop times rationalized (somewhat). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3056 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-19 13:18:23 +00:00
if(f1.size()==0) {
QTextStream out(&f1);
out << "ZZZZZZ" << endl;
f1.close();
f1.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text);
}
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f2 {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TMP")};
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
if(!f2.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for writing: %2")
.arg (f2.fileName ()).arg (f2.errorString ()));
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
return;
}
Fix a longstanding bug in "on_addButton_clicked()". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-25 14:39:15 +00:00
QTextStream in(&f1); //Read from CALL3.TXT
QTextStream out(&f2); //Copy into CALL3.TMP
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
QString hc=hisCall;
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
QString hc1="";
Fix a longstanding bug in "on_addButton_clicked()". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-25 14:39:15 +00:00
QString hc2="000000";
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
QString s;
do {
s=in.readLine();
hc1=hc2;
if(s.mid(0,2)=="//") {
Fix a longstanding bug in "on_addButton_clicked()". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-25 14:39:15 +00:00
out << s + "\n"; //Copy all comment lines
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
} else {
int i1=s.indexOf(",");
hc2=s.mid(0,i1);
if(hc>hc1 && hc<hc2) {
out << newEntry + "\n";
Fix a longstanding bug in "on_addButton_clicked()". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-25 14:39:15 +00:00
out << s + "\n";
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
m_call3Modified=true;
} else if(hc==hc2) {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
QString t {tr ("%1\nis already in CALL3.TXT"
", do you wish to replace it?").arg (s)};
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Add to CALL3.TXT"), t);
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
out << newEntry + "\n";
m_call3Modified=true;
}
} else {
if(s!="") out << s + "\n";
}
}
} while(!s.isNull());
f1.close();
Fix a longstanding bug in "on_addButton_clicked()". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4647 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-11-25 14:39:15 +00:00
if(hc>hc1 && !m_call3Modified) out << newEntry + "\n";
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
if(m_call3Modified) {
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f0 {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.OLD")};
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
if(f0.exists()) f0.remove();
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f1 {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT")};
f1.rename(m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.OLD"));
f2.rename(m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("CALL3.TXT"));
Actiuvated the "Add" button for CALL3.TXT. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2698 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-27 18:06:48 +00:00
f2.close();
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Correct an error in ba2msg(). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2743 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-16 16:42:28 +00:00
void MainWindow::msgtype(QString t, QLineEdit* tx) //msgtype()
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
char message[29];
char msgsent[29];
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
int len1=22;
QByteArray s=t.toUpper().toLocal8Bit();
ba2msg(s,message);
Improve the way messages with compound calls are automatically generated. Routine packmsg now tries the shortlist (Type 1 prefix or suffix) first. Then it tries to to make a valid message using a Type 2 prefix or suffix. If both fail, it packs the first 13 characters as a free-text message. The GUI now generates the most useful messages with compound callsigns of all valid types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4533 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
int ichk=1,itype=0;
1. Generate shorthand JT65 messages for RO, RRR, 73. 2. Fix background colors for special message types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
// gen9_(message,&ichk,msgsent,const_cast<int *>(itone),&itype,len1,len1);
gen65_(message,&ichk,msgsent,const_cast<int *>(itone),&itype,len1,len1);
Free-text messages get trimmed to 13 chars and have pink background. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2771 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
msgsent[22]=0;
bool text=false;
1. Generate shorthand JT65 messages for RO, RRR, 73. 2. Fix background colors for special message types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
bool short65=false;
Improve the way messages with compound calls are automatically generated. Routine packmsg now tries the shortlist (Type 1 prefix or suffix) first. Then it tries to to make a valid message using a Type 2 prefix or suffix. If both fail, it packs the first 13 characters as a free-text message. The GUI now generates the most useful messages with compound callsigns of all valid types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4533 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-19 00:56:41 +00:00
if(itype==6) text=true;
1. Generate shorthand JT65 messages for RO, RRR, 73. 2. Fix background colors for special message types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
if(itype==7) short65=true;
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and t.mid(0,1)=="<") text=false;
Free-text messages get trimmed to 13 chars and have pink background. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2771 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
QString t1;
Working toward compiling WSJT-X under Qt5. It doesn't work, yet. The present code is still OK in Qt 4.x. For Qt5, must replace #include <QtGui> by #include <QtWidgets> in several places, and uncomment these lines //#include <QtConcurrent/QtConcurrentMap> //#include <QtConcurrent/QtConcurrentRun> in mainwindow.cpp. More work still to do, for Qt5! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3309 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-23 19:35:37 +00:00
t1.fromLatin1(msgsent);
Free-text messages get trimmed to 13 chars and have pink background. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2771 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
if(text) t1=t1.mid(0,13);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
QPalette p(tx->palette());
Free-text messages get trimmed to 13 chars and have pink background. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2771 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
if(text) {
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#ffccff");
} else {
1. Generate shorthand JT65 messages for RO, RRR, 73. 2. Fix background colors for special message types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
if(short65) {
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#66ffff");
} else {
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,Qt::white);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144" and t.mid(0,1)=="<") {
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
p.setColor(QPalette::Base,"#00ffff");
}
1. Generate shorthand JT65 messages for RO, RRR, 73. 2. Fix background colors for special message types. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6556 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-24 15:44:48 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
tx->setPalette(p);
int len=t.length();
Maintain cursor position during free text edits. The validation processing of the free text line edit field was causing the cursor position to be lost. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4148 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-22 11:09:21 +00:00
auto pos = tx->cursorPosition ();
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(text && m_mode!="MSK144" && t.mid(0,1)!="<") {
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
len=qMin(len,13);
Free-text messages get trimmed to 13 chars and have pink background. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2771 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 17:03:54 +00:00
tx->setText(t.mid(0,len).toUpper());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
} else {
tx->setText(t);
}
Maintain cursor position during free text edits. The validation processing of the free text line edit field was causing the cursor position to be lost. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4148 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-22 11:09:21 +00:00
tx->setCursorPosition (pos);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_tx1_editingFinished() //tx1 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx1->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx1);
}
void MainWindow::on_tx2_editingFinished() //tx2 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx2->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx2);
}
void MainWindow::on_tx3_editingFinished() //tx3 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx3->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx3);
}
void MainWindow::on_tx4_editingFinished() //tx4 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx4->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx4);
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_tx5_currentTextChanged (QString const& text) //tx5 edited
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
msgtype(text, ui->tx5->lineEdit ());
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_tx6_editingFinished() //tx6 edited
{
QString t=ui->tx6->text();
msgtype(t, ui->tx6);
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_dxCallEntry_textChanged (QString const& call)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
m_hisCall = call;
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
statusChanged();
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ();
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_dxGridEntry_textChanged (QString const& grid)
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if (ui->dxGridEntry->hasAcceptableInput ()) {
if (grid != m_hisGrid) {
m_hisGrid = grid;
statusUpdate ();
}
Display Az and Dist when "hisGrid" is known and valid. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 15:41:31 +00:00
qint64 nsec = QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch() % 86400;
double utch=nsec/3600.0;
int nAz,nEl,nDmiles,nDkm,nHotAz,nHotABetter;
Another uninitialized variable picked up by valgrind MemCheck git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6766 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 23:53:18 +00:00
azdist_(const_cast <char *> ((m_config.my_grid () + " ").left (6).toLatin1().constData()),
const_cast <char *> ((m_hisGrid + " ").left (6).toLatin1().constData()),&utch,
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
&nAz,&nEl,&nDmiles,&nDkm,&nHotAz,&nHotABetter,6,6);
Display Az and Dist when "hisGrid" is known and valid. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 15:41:31 +00:00
QString t;
Reorganized layout to accomodate Dial Frequency label. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3091 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-25 11:26:11 +00:00
t.sprintf("Az: %d",nAz);
Fix regression in azimuth display on main window git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6906 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-11 23:35:24 +00:00
ui->labAz->setText (t);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if (m_config.miles ())
{
t.sprintf ("%d mi", int (0.621371 * nDkm));
}
else
{
t.sprintf ("%d km", nDkm);
}
Reorganized layout to accomodate Dial Frequency label. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3091 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-25 11:26:11 +00:00
ui->labDist->setText(t);
Display Az and Dist when "hisGrid" is known and valid. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 15:41:31 +00:00
}
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
else {
if (m_hisGrid.size ())
{
m_hisGrid.clear ();
ui->labAz->clear ();
ui->labDist->clear ();
statusUpdate ();
}
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_genStdMsgsPushButton_clicked() //genStdMsgs button
{
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_logQSOButton_clicked() //Log QSO button
{
Add proper Qt validation for callsigns and grids Two new validator classes CallsignValidator and MaidenheadLocatorValidator are introduced and used in the Configuration and MainWindow implementations. MaidenheadLocatorValidator supports different lengths and minimum required lengths with a default of subsquare with square being required. The message_aggregator application has been enhanced to show the current DX call and DX grid as shown in the WSJT-X main window. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6903 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-10 22:20:30 +00:00
if (!m_hisCall.size ()) return;
Cleaning up the "Log QSO" function. (Not finished, yet...) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3342 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-06-06 15:09:49 +00:00
m_dateTimeQSO=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc();
Make the LogQSO dialog non-modal. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-28 13:35:01 +00:00
Add some default Echo frequencies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5524 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 17:53:38 +00:00
m_logDlg->initLogQSO (m_hisCall, m_hisGrid, m_modeTx, m_rptSent, m_rptRcvd,
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_dateTimeQSO, m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value(),
Add some default Echo frequencies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5524 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 17:53:38 +00:00
m_config.my_callsign(), m_config.my_grid(), m_noSuffix,
m_config.log_as_RTTY(), m_config.report_in_comments());
Make the LogQSO dialog non-modal. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-28 13:35:01 +00:00
}
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
void MainWindow::acceptQSO2(QDateTime const& QSO_date, QString const& call, QString const& grid
, Frequency dial_freq, QString const& mode
, QString const& rpt_sent, QString const& rpt_received
, QString const& tx_power, QString const& comments
, QString const& name)
Make the LogQSO dialog non-modal. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-28 13:35:01 +00:00
{
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
QString date = m_dateTimeQSO.toString("yyyyMMdd");
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_logBook.addAsWorked (m_hisCall, m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal), m_modeTx, date);
Moved code that writes to the ADIF log from logqso into logbook/adif git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3569 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-09-06 05:00:28 +00:00
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
m_messageClient->qso_logged (QSO_date, call, grid, dial_freq, mode, rpt_sent, rpt_received, tx_power, comments, name);
if (m_config.clear_DX ())
{
Clear generated messages when clearing DX after logging git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5623 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-18 22:18:05 +00:00
clearDX ();
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
}
Set properties for native eol style and the "Rev" keyword. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/map65@2464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-05-22 17:09:48 +00:00
}
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionJT9_triggered()
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
{
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_mode="JT9";
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_nSubMode<4) {
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(false);
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(false);
} else {
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(true);
}
m_bFast9=ui->cbFast9->isChecked();
Don't show the Auto Seq checkbox when it's not relevant. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7062 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-08 12:54:09 +00:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(m_bFast9);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastMode=m_bFast9;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config(false);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode (Modes::JT9);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
if(m_modeTx!="JT9") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
statusChanged();
Now can see signal on both waterfall plots. (Far from correct, though!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-28 23:59:50 +00:00
m_nsps=6912;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
1. Activated "Name" and Comments" fields on the LogQSO confirmation screen. 2. Decoding now starts at t=50 s rather than t=52 s. 3. Label on "Auto is On/Off" button changed to "Enable Tx". 4. Three new options on the Setup menu, to help importing ADIF log into some fussy loggers: - Log HT9 without submode - Convert JT9-x to RTTY for logging - Log dB reports to Comments git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 18:24:27 +00:00
m_hsymStop=173;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=179;
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
Merge changes from branches/wsjtx_w back into branches/wsjtx. Note to developers: Not sure about the makefiles... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3835 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-05 18:20:40 +00:00
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->actionJT9->setChecked(true);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(false);
VHF_features_enabled(bVHF);
VHF_controls_visible(bVHF);
ui->cbFast9->setVisible(bVHF);
ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(false);
ui->cbTx6->setVisible(false);
ui->sbSubmode->setVisible(true);
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(7);
fast_config(m_bFastMode);
if(m_bFast9) {
m_TRperiod=ui->sbTR->cleanText().toInt();
m_wideGraph->hide();
m_fastGraph->show();
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->sbTR->setVisible(true);
} else {
m_TRperiod=60;
Adjust decodes displays and processing for extra csync indicator after mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 18:53:00 +00:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->sbTR->setVisible(false);
}
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(false);
}
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionMSK144_triggered()
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
{
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
m_mode="MSK144";
m_modeTx="MSK144";
ui->actionMSK144->setChecked(true);
switch_mode (Modes::MSK144);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
statusChanged();
m_nsps=6;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = 7 * 512;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (true);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
Reconfigure mainwindow GUI properly after MSK144 -> WSPR -> MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7093 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 15:32:01 +00:00
WSPR_config(false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(false);
VHF_features_enabled(true);
VHF_controls_visible(true);
ui->cbFast9->setVisible(false);
Enable generation of JTMSK short messages and reports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6421 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-22 18:10:39 +00:00
ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(true);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->cbTx6->setVisible(false);
ui->sbSubmode->setVisible(false);
m_bFastMode=true;
m_bFast9=true;
Reconfigure mainwindow GUI properly after MSK144 -> WSPR -> MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7093 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 15:32:01 +00:00
fast_config(true);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_TRperiod=ui->sbTR->cleanText().toInt();
m_wideGraph->hide();
m_fastGraph->show();
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setText("UTC dB T Freq Message");
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
ui->sbTR->setVisible(true);
ui->sbFtol->setVisible(true);
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(true);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(false);
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
Start GUI mods to enable short messages in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6877 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 15:06:47 +00:00
ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(true);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
ui->actionMSK144->setChecked(true);
Increase range of report spinbox in MSK144 to -8 --> +24 dB. Limit the yellow click-to-decode bar to max at TRperiod. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7084 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-15 17:06:49 +00:00
ui->rptSpinBox->setMinimum(-8);
ui->rptSpinBox->setMaximum(24);
Reports in MSK144 mode are even numbers between -4 and +24 dB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6910 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 20:05:56 +00:00
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(0);
Quantize short reports to 4 bits: -3 0 3 6 10 13 16 RRR 73. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6998 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-04 16:05:10 +00:00
ui->rptSpinBox->setSingleStep(1);
In MSK144 mode, restrict the range of Ftol to values 50, 100, 200. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6915 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-14 15:18:55 +00:00
ui->sbFtol->setMinimum(23);
ui->sbFtol->setMaximum(25);
Re-enable MSK144 click-to-decode, top panel only. Fix the improper display of "Fast" checkbox. Disable "CQ nnn" checkbox if MyCall is not K1JT or K9AN. Use AppDir as path to execute the LDPC encode program. Don't display submodes in mode label for JTMSK, MSK144. Make Rx Freq spinner invisible in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7001 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-04 19:30:27 +00:00
bool b=m_config.my_callsign()=="K1JT" or m_config.my_callsign()=="K9AN";
ui->cbCQRx->setEnabled(b);
ui->cbFast9->setVisible(false);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
}
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionQRA64_triggered()
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
{
Fix some potential bounds errors in setting frequency limits. Implement submodes QRA65B-E on the Tx side. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6942 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 13:22:34 +00:00
int n=m_nSubMode;
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
on_actionJT65_triggered();
Fix some potential bounds errors in setting frequency limits. Implement submodes QRA65B-E on the Tx side. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6942 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 13:22:34 +00:00
m_nSubMode=n;
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
m_mode="QRA64";
m_modeTx="QRA64";
ui->actionQRA64->setChecked(true);
switch_mode (Modes::QRA64);
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
statusChanged();
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (m_config.enable_VHF_features ());
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
m_hsymStop=180;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=188;
Make Sh box visible and used in JT65 VHF-enabled mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 13:06:01 +00:00
ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(false);
Correct the green marker in QRA mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6846 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 15:41:03 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Fix some potential bounds errors in setting frequency limits. Implement submodes QRA65B-E on the Tx side. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6942 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 13:22:34 +00:00
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(4);
if(m_config.enable_VHF_features()) {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
} else {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
ui->sbTR->setValue(0);
}
1. Fix the nfqso < nf1 but in qra64.f90. 2. Delay splash screen until after main window starts. 3. Keep cbTxLock enabled in QRA64 mode. 4. Update v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7005 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-05 14:14:24 +00:00
ui->cbTxLock->setEnabled(true);
Don't show the Auto Seq checkbox when it's not relevant. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7062 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-08 12:54:09 +00:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(false);
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
}
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionJT65_triggered()
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
{
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT4" or m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Fix the displayed tone-range markers on transition from WSPR to JT65. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5515 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-03 20:21:34 +00:00
// If coming from JT4 or WSPR mode, pretend temporarily that we're coming
// from JT9 and click the pbTxMode button
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_modeTx="JT9";
on_pbTxMode_clicked();
}
1. Protect against wrong ID of f0 being fit by lorentzian(), when Ftol is large. 2. When switching to JT65 mode, go through JT9 first. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6621 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-14 13:22:05 +00:00
on_actionJT9_triggered();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_mode="JT65";
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config(false);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode (Modes::JT65);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
if(m_modeTx!="JT65") on_pbTxMode_clicked();
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
statusChanged();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_TRperiod=60;
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
m_hsymStop=174;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=183;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(false);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
ui->actionJT65->setChecked(true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled(true);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(false);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
VHF_controls_visible(bVHF);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->cbFast9->setVisible(false);
Make Sh box visible and used in JT65 VHF-enabled mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 13:06:01 +00:00
ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(true);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
fast_config(false);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(2);
if(bVHF) {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
} else {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->sbTR->setValue(0);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Several changes for single-decode behavior: 1. Use "f" to flag FT decodes, 'h' for hinted decodes. 2. Let "Experience-based" checkboxes activate hinted decoding. 3. Singls-sequence decodes go to left window, average decodes to right. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-20 19:32:08 +00:00
if(m_config.single_decode()) {
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
} else {
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
}
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
}
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionJT9_JT65_triggered()
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
{
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_mode="JT9+JT65";
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config(false);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode (Modes::JT65);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_modeTx != "JT65") {
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
m_modeTx="JT9";
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_nSubMode=0; //Dual-mode always means JT9 and JT65A
Change wsjtx_txcall.txt and wsjtx_qrg.txt to wsjtx_status.txt. Change DialFreqkHz to DialFreqMHz. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3049 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 13:24:50 +00:00
statusChanged();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_TRperiod=60;
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
m_nsps=6912;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
m_hsymStop=174;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=183;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (false);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
ui->actionJT9_JT65->setChecked(true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
VHF_features_enabled(false);
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(true);
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
VHF_controls_visible(false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
fast_config(false);
Ensure WF submode gets reverted to A in dual JT9+JT65 mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6266 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-12 11:55:41 +00:00
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
ui->sbTR->setValue(0);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui->label_6->setText("Band Activity");
ui->label_7->setText("Rx Frequency");
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(false);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_actionJT4_triggered()
{
m_mode="JT4";
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config(false);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode (Modes::JT4);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_modeTx="JT4";
statusChanged();
m_TRperiod=60;
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Correct the m_hsymStop values for slow modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7060 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-07 19:00:55 +00:00
m_hsymStop=176;
if(m_config.decode_at_52s()) m_hsymStop=184;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
m_toneSpacing=0.0;
ui->actionJT4->setChecked(true);
VHF_features_enabled(true);
ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(true);
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(false);
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
bool bVHF=m_config.enable_VHF_features();
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (bVHF);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
VHF_controls_visible(bVHF);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
fast_config(false);
ui->cbFast9->setVisible(false);
ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(true);
ui->cbTx6->setVisible(true);
ui->sbTR->setVisible(false);
ui->sbSubmode->setVisible(true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(6);
ui->label_6->setText("Single-Period Decodes");
ui->label_7->setText("Average Decodes");
if(bVHF) {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(m_nSubMode);
} else {
ui->sbSubmode->setValue(0);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->sbTR->setValue(0);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Morphing toward a usable WSJT-X with JT8 modes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2594 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-24 19:11:31 +00:00
}
Progress on symspecx and timf2x, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-09-25 20:26:12 +00:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionWSPR_2_triggered()
{
m_mode="WSPR-2";
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config(true);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode (Modes::WSPR);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_modeTx="WSPR-2"; //### not needed ?? ###
statusChanged();
m_TRperiod=120;
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_hsymStop=396;
m_toneSpacing=12000.0/8192.0;
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (false);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->actionWSPR_2->setChecked(true);
VHF_features_enabled(false);
ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(false);
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
fast_config(false);
Update Tx frequency to the WSPR value after change to WSPR mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5772 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-08-10 14:18:57 +00:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->value());
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_actionWSPR_15_triggered()
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::information_message (this, tr ("WSPR-15 is not yet available"));
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
switch_mode (Modes::WSPR);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionEcho_triggered()
{
Correct the bounds error test in avecho. Ensure proper GUI controls visible in Echo mode. Reset nsum=0 when Tx Enable is toggled ON in Echo mode. Don't restart Monitor after finishing a sequence of Echo transmissions. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5584 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 15:32:55 +00:00
on_actionJT4_triggered();
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
m_mode="Echo";
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
ui->actionEcho->setChecked(true);
m_TRperiod=3;
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Don't switch Tx modes after a JT4 decode! Continued work on Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5552 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 14:20:30 +00:00
m_hsymStop=10;
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
m_toneSpacing=1.0;
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
switch_mode(Modes::Echo);
Some cleanup of interaction between GUI and Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
m_modeTx="Echo";
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (true);
Further progress for Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5561 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 14:42:53 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1500);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (false);
Some cleanup of interaction between GUI and Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 17:16:55 +00:00
statusChanged();
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
if(!m_echoGraph->isVisible()) m_echoGraph->show();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if (!ui->actionAstronomical_data->isChecked ()) {
ui->actionAstronomical_data->setChecked (true);
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bFastMode=false;
m_bFast9=false;
Add some default Echo frequencies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5524 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 17:53:38 +00:00
VHF_controls_visible(false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
fast_config(false);
Results of Echo mode to text window. (Not yet calibrated!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5567 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 19:04:21 +00:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(" UTC N Level Sig DF Width Q");
Starting to add EME Echo mode. (Not yet functional!) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5522 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 16:42:38 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionISCAT_triggered()
{
m_mode="ISCAT";
m_modeTx="ISCAT";
ui->actionISCAT->setChecked(true);
m_TRperiod=ui->sbTR->cleanText().toInt();
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod);
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod);
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
m_nsps=6912; //For symspec only
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = m_nsps / 2;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_hsymStop=103;
m_toneSpacing=11025.0/256.0;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
WSPR_config(false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
switch_mode(Modes::ISCAT);
m_wideGraph->setMode(m_mode);
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
statusChanged();
if(!m_fastGraph->isVisible()) m_fastGraph->show();
if(m_wideGraph->isVisible()) m_wideGraph->hide();
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
setup_status_bar (true);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
VHF_controls_visible(true);
fast_config(true);
ui->pbTxMode->setVisible(false);
ui->cbFast9->setVisible(false);
ui->sbTR->setVisible(true);
ui->sbFtol->setVisible(true);
ui->sbSubmode->setVisible(true);
ui->cbShMsgs->setVisible(false);
ui->cbTx6->setVisible(false);
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(false);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setVisible(false);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(false);
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(
" UTC Sync dB DT DF F1 N L A T");
ui->tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(0);
ui->sbSubmode->setMaximum(1);
if(m_nSubMode==0) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1012);
if(m_nSubMode==1) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(560);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (false);
}
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
void MainWindow::switch_mode (Mode mode)
{
m_config.frequencies ()->filter (mode);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto const& row = m_config.frequencies ()->best_working_frequency (m_freqNominal);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if (row >= 0) {
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentIndex (row);
on_bandComboBox_activated (row);
}
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
bool b=(m_mode=="MSK144");
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->sbCQRxFreq->setVisible(b);
ui->cbCQRx->setVisible(b);
ui->syncSpinBox->setVisible(!b);
ui->pbR2T->setVisible(!b);
ui->pbT2R->setVisible(!b);
ui->cbTxLock->setVisible(!b);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setVisible(!b);
Reports in MSK144 mode are even numbers between -4 and +24 dB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6910 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 20:05:56 +00:00
ui->rptSpinBox->setSingleStep(1);
ui->rptSpinBox->setMinimum(-50);
ui->rptSpinBox->setMaximum(49);
In MSK144 mode, restrict the range of Ftol to values 50, 100, 200. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6915 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-14 15:18:55 +00:00
ui->sbFtol->setMinimum(21);
ui->sbFtol->setMaximum(27);
Re-enable MSK144 click-to-decode, top panel only. Fix the improper display of "Fast" checkbox. Disable "CQ nnn" checkbox if MyCall is not K1JT or K9AN. Use AppDir as path to execute the LDPC encode program. Don't display submodes in mode label for JTMSK, MSK144. Make Rx Freq spinner invisible in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7001 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-04 19:30:27 +00:00
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setVisible(m_mode!="MSK144");
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow::WSPR_config(bool b)
{
ui->decodedTextBrowser2->setVisible(!b);
ui->decodedTextLabel2->setVisible(!b);
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui->controls_stack_widget->setCurrentIndex (b && m_mode != "Echo" ? 1 : 0);
ui->QSO_controls_widget->setVisible (!b);
ui->DX_controls_widget->setVisible (!b);
ui->WSPR_controls_widget->setVisible (b);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->label_6->setVisible(!b);
ui->label_7->setVisible(!b);
ui->logQSOButton->setVisible(!b);
ui->DecodeButton->setEnabled(!b);
Echo mode is *not* a Simplex mode. Code that sets Echo mode calls "WSPR_config(true)" to make a bunch of irrelevant GUI controls invisible, thus simplifying the user interface. However, Echo mode should NOT be set as a simplex mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5597 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 14:09:40 +00:00
if(b and (m_mode!="Echo")) {
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText(
"UTC dB DT Freq Drift Call Grid dBm Dist");
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (0); // turn off split
}
Add a flag for a mode to enforce simplex i.e. WSPR git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5593 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
m_bSimplex = true;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
Adjust decodes displays and processing for extra csync indicator after mode git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-05 18:53:00 +00:00
ui->decodedTextLabel->setText("UTC dB DT Freq Message");
Add a flag for a mode to enforce simplex i.e. WSPR git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5593 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 22:42:41 +00:00
m_bSimplex = false;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Update decodes widgets when entering and leaving WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 17:33:20 +00:00
enable_DXCC_entity (m_config.DXCC ()); // sets text window proportions and (re)inits the logbook
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::fast_config(bool b)
{
m_bFastMode=b;
ui->ClrAvgButton->setVisible(!b);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled(!b);
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
ui->sbTR->setVisible(b);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(b and (m_bFast9 or m_mode=="MSK144" or m_mode=="ISCAT")) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
ui->sbTR->setValue(m_TRindex);
m_wideGraph->hide();
m_fastGraph->show();
} else {
m_wideGraph->show();
m_fastGraph->hide();
}
}
Several tweaks toward letting someone else Tx to me... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-05 19:14:45 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_TxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setTxFreq(n);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
if(m_lockTxFreq) ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(n);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode!="MSK144") {
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (n - m_XIT);
}
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
statusUpdate ();
Several tweaks toward letting someone else Tx to me... git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-05 19:14:45 +00:00
}
More tweaks of decoding process. Add TxFreq button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-20 20:52:29 +00:00
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_RxFreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setRxFreq(n);
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
if (m_lockTxFreq && ui->TxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ())
{
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue (n);
}
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
else
{
statusUpdate ();
}
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
}
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionQuickDecode_triggered()
{
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
m_ndepth=(m_ndepth&48) + 1;
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
ui->actionQuickDecode->setChecked(true);
}
void MainWindow::on_actionMediumDecode_triggered()
{
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
m_ndepth=(m_ndepth&48) + 2;
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
ui->actionMediumDecode->setChecked(true);
}
void MainWindow::on_actionDeepestDecode_triggered()
{
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
m_ndepth=(m_ndepth&48) + 3;
Add control of decoding "depth". Improve the way pctile gets an estimate of array median. Put info for mettab() into a data statement. Attempt decoding near all freqs that give sync >= 1.0 Remove killbyname git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2707 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-10-31 18:33:56 +00:00
ui->actionDeepestDecode->setChecked(true);
}
Updates to Users Guide. Double-click on waterfall sets Tol to a reduced (mode-dependent) value. Tol is saved/restored on program restart. Added digital gain slider for setting input level. Garbage decode "15P6715P67WCV" is rejected. Arrays ss and c0 are copied and saved when newdat=1. Further processing is done on the copies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2712 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-01 19:54:40 +00:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionInclude_averaging_triggered()
{
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
m_ndepth=m_ndepth ^ 16;
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setChecked(m_ndepth&16);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_actionInclude_correlation_triggered()
{
1. Clean up GUI features releted to message averaging and deep search. 2. Make averaging and DS separately selecteble. 3. Clear nftt and avemsg on Clear Avg. 4. Allow fer65 to handle message averaging. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6543 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-03-21 16:03:11 +00:00
m_ndepth=m_ndepth ^ 32;
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setChecked(m_ndepth&32);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Updates to Users Guide. Double-click on waterfall sets Tol to a reduced (mode-dependent) value. Tol is saved/restored on program restart. Added digital gain slider for setting input level. Garbage decode "15P6715P67WCV" is rejected. Arrays ss and c0 are copied and saved when newdat=1. Further processing is done on the copies. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2712 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-01 19:54:40 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_inGain_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_inGain=n;
}
Implement "Tx last: ..." and "Start with Monitor OFF". git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@2769 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2012-11-24 16:18:49 +00:00
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_ALL_TXT_triggered() //Erase ALL.TXT
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Erase"),
tr ("Are you sure you want to erase file ALL.TXT?"));
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
f.remove();
More cleanup of details. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3053 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 20:22:51 +00:00
m_RxLog=1;
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
}
}
void MainWindow::on_actionErase_wsjtx_log_adi_triggered()
{
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
int ret = MessageBox::query_message (this, tr ("Confirm Erase"),
tr ("Are you sure you want to erase file wsjtx_log.adi?"));
if(ret==MessageBox::Yes) {
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("wsjtx_log.adi")};
Combining wsjtx_rx.log and wsjtx_tx.log into ALL.TXT. Implementing ADIF log. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 16:14:18 +00:00
f.remove();
}
}
Starting to implement popup macros for Tx messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-18 22:47:24 +00:00
Menu action to open the log directory Since the log files have moved to a hidden directory a menu action to open the logs directory in a suitable system applicaiton is needed. Added "Open log directory" to File manu bar pop up menu. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionOpen_log_directory_triggered ()
{
Take advantage of the new KVASD v1.12 Pass the temporary directory to jt9 and use it to give the correct paths to temporary files. Also jt9 passes the absolute path to kvasd.dat in the temporary directory to kvasd. Clear out all the annoying cruft that has accumulated due to having to run with $CWD as the temporary directory. Use QStandardPaths to find the writable data directory where needed rather than passing it around between objects. This now works because the $CWD hasn't been changed. Do away with the CMake option WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS as it is no longer needed. Fix astro status file azel.dat formatting. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4732 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-03 00:06:54 +00:00
QDesktopServices::openUrl (QUrl::fromLocalFile (m_dataDir.absolutePath ()));
Menu action to open the log directory Since the log files have moved to a hidden directory a menu action to open the logs directory in a suitable system applicaiton is needed. Added "Open log directory" to File manu bar pop up menu. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4471 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 11:47:03 +00:00
}
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_bandComboBox_currentIndexChanged (int index)
1. Activated "Name" and Comments" fields on the LogQSO confirmation screen. 2. Decoding now starts at t=50 s rather than t=52 s. 3. Label on "Auto is On/Off" button changed to "Enable Tx". 4. Three new options on the Setup menu, to help importing ADIF log into some fussy loggers: - Log HT9 without submode - Convert JT9-x to RTTY for logging - Log dB reports to Comments git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3077 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-23 18:24:27 +00:00
{
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
auto const& frequencies = m_config.frequencies ();
auto const& source_index = frequencies->mapToSource (frequencies->index (index, FrequencyList::frequency_column));
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency frequency {m_freqNominal};
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
if (source_index.isValid ())
{
frequency = frequencies->frequency_list ()[source_index.row ()].frequency_;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_callingFrequency = frequency;
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
// Lookup band
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
auto const& band = m_config.bands ()->find (frequency);
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
if (!band.isEmpty ())
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
{
ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit ()->setStyleSheet ({});
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (band);
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
}
else
{
ui->bandComboBox->lineEdit ()->setStyleSheet ("QLineEdit {color: yellow; background-color : red;}");
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentText (m_config.bands ()->oob ());
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
}
displayDialFrequency ();
}
void MainWindow::on_bandComboBox_activated (int index)
{
auto const& frequencies = m_config.frequencies ();
auto const& source_index = frequencies->mapToSource (frequencies->index (index, FrequencyList::frequency_column));
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency frequency {m_freqNominal};
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
if (source_index.isValid ())
{
frequency = frequencies->frequency_list ()[source_index.row ()].frequency_;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_bandEdited = true;
Add mode dependent working frequencies Working frequencies are mode dependent and a reset to defaults button has been added. Also re-factored much of the model and item delegate code to simplify several of the model implementations. Introduced a single routine called from main to register the custom types with Qt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5453 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
band_changed (frequency);
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setRxBand (m_config.bands ()->find (frequency));
Add "Prompt to log QSO" option on Setup menu. Reduce code speed for CW ID to 22.5 WPM. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3110 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-03-26 16:23:40 +00:00
}
1. Blank lines between decoding periods now optional. 2. "CQ DX" is now treated properly when the decoded line is double.clicked. 3. Displayed sync values reduced by 1/2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3124 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::band_changed (Frequency f)
1. Blank lines between decoding periods now optional. 2. "CQ DX" is now treated properly when the decoded line is double.clicked. 3. Displayed sync values reduced by 1/2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3124 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
{
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (m_bandEdited) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if (!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) { // band hopping preserves auto Tx
if (f + m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () > m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ()
|| f + m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () + m_wideGraph->fSpan () <=
m_freqNominal + ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ()) {
First working code offering optional computation and use of a reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
// qDebug () << "start f:" << m_wideGraph->nStartFreq () << "span:" << m_wideGraph->fSpan () << "DF:" << ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// disable auto Tx if "blind" QSY outside of waterfall
ui->stopTxButton->click (); // halt any transmission
auto_tx_mode (false); // disable auto Tx
}
else {
// adjust DF:s
int shift = f - m_freqNominal;
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value () - shift);
Use fixed 1000Hz Tx DF in VHF & up QSO modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6610 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
if (!m_config.enable_VHF_features ()) // for VHF & up we fix the Tx DF
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - shift);
}
}
Do not disable Tx or "Enable Tx" when changing band in WSPR mode The fixes a regression introduced in r6311 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6312 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-24 19:42:36 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_lastBand.clear ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_bandEdited = false;
psk_Reporter->sendReport(); // Upload any queued spots before changing band
if (!m_transmitting) monitor (true);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_freqNominal = f;
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal;
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
setRig ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
}
1. Blank lines between decoding periods now optional. 2. "CQ DX" is now treated properly when the decoded line is double.clicked. 3. Displayed sync values reduced by 1/2. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3124 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 15:35:11 +00:00
}
First try at changing Tol to fMin and fMax. More work still to be done! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3125 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 16:44:31 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::enable_DXCC_entity (bool on)
First version of DXCC entity and worked B4 status git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3512 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-31 11:29:42 +00:00
{
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if (on and !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR") and m_mode!="Echo") {
Only one text window in WSPR and Echo modes, even if "Show DXCC" is enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5651 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-01 17:38:18 +00:00
m_logBook.init(); // re-read the log and cty.dat files
ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(0,55); // adjust proportions of text displays
ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(1,45);
} else {
ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(0,0);
ui->gridLayout->setColumnStretch(1,0);
}
Update decodes widgets when entering and leaving WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5674 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-03 17:33:20 +00:00
updateGeometry ();
"Clear call and grid after logging" is now optional. Option to display distance in miles. Remove (or reduce?) negative red spikes at start of Rx period. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3128 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-03 21:32:21 +00:00
}
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_pbCallCQ_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx6->text());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbAnswerCaller_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Correct the "dB" message on Tab 2 when MyCall is a compound callsign. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4485 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-07 16:44:29 +00:00
QString t=ui->tx3->text();
int i0=t.indexOf(" R-");
if(i0<0) i0=t.indexOf(" R+");
t=t.mid(0,i0+1)+t.mid(i0+2,3);
ui->genMsg->setText(t);
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbSendRRR_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx4->text());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbAnswerCQ_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx1->text());
Correct the "Grid" message on Tab 2 for Type 1 compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4486 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-07 17:43:30 +00:00
QString t=ui->tx2->text();
int i0=t.indexOf("/");
int i1=t.indexOf(" ");
if(i0>0 and i0<i1) ui->genMsg->setText(t);
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbSendReport_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx3->text());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbSend73_clicked()
{
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->genMsg->setText(ui->tx5->currentText());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
1. Decode button does only the "quick decode" at QSO frequency. 2. Correct a logic error in new Tx-message-selection code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3136 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 21:01:30 +00:00
ui->rbGenMsg->setChecked(true);
if(m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
Respond to clicks on Gen/Free radio buttons even if checked The generated and free text radio buttons now refresh the sent message even if teh clicked radio button is already checked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5444 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 15:44:03 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_rbGenMsg_clicked(bool checked)
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
{
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
m_freeText=!checked;
if(!m_freeText) {
Improved automatic message handling More consistent and accurate processing of compund callsigns including recognizing the user's call in both base and fully qualified form, extracting reports from special type one and type two compound call messages. Ensure that "CQ DX" message prefixes are recognized and processd correctly. The cycle of double clicking through a QSO has been enhanced to recognoize the standard messages correctly and use the correct next message. The automatic transmission button "Enable Tx" now does what it says and does not double as a stop transmit button. This allows the current transmission to complete even if the automatic transmission feature is disabled. In line with this the "stop sending after a 73 message is sent" feature turns off the automatic transmission enable at the start of the sending of a 73 message and also the next message is now set up as the CQ message automatically in this scenario. A 73 message is now either a standard message containing the word "73" or any free text message containing "73" (not necessarily as a distinct word"). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5055 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-14 19:13:18 +00:00
if(m_ntx != 7 && m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
m_ntx=7;
}
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
Respond to clicks on Gen/Free radio buttons even if checked The generated and free text radio buttons now refresh the sent message even if teh clicked radio button is already checked. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5444 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 15:44:03 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_rbFreeText_clicked(bool checked)
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
{
Cleaning up compiler warnings on Linux. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3319 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-29 13:41:57 +00:00
m_freeText=checked;
if(m_freeText) {
m_ntx=8;
if (m_transmitting) m_restart=true;
}
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_freeTextMsg_currentTextChanged (QString const& text)
Offer two sets of controls for entering and selecting Tx messages: 1. The "WSJT Traditional" setof six line-edit fields, radio buttons, and Tx# buttons; 2. New configuration with buttons that generate each message for the standard minimum QSO, one at a time. NB: the logic for these buttons is not yet complete. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3134 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 01:50:49 +00:00
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
msgtype(text, ui->freeTextMsg->lineEdit ());
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_rptSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
Reports in MSK144 mode are even numbers between -4 and +24 dB. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6910 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-13 20:05:56 +00:00
int step=ui->rptSpinBox->singleStep();
if(n%step !=0) {
n++;
ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(n);
}
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
m_rpt=QString::number(n);
Clicking the "Report" spinner up/down should not change the Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3205 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
int ntx0=m_ntx;
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QString t=ui->tx5->currentText();
1. New controls for selecting Tx messages now functioning correctly? 2. Double-click on decoded message sets Tx Enable. 3. Implemented a runaway Tx watchdog. 4. Added a spinbox for S/N report. 5. Implemented correct message formats for compound callsigns. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3135 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-08 18:31:21 +00:00
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->tx5->setCurrentText(t);
Clicking the "Report" spinner up/down should not change the Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3205 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
m_ntx=ntx0;
if(m_ntx==1) ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==2) ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==3) ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==4) ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==5) ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if(m_ntx==6) ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
1. Add report to wsjt_status.txt, for JT-Alert. 2. Fix annoying bug when trying to open rig using a non-existent or busy serial port. 3. Add acknowledgments to AE4JY 4. Tentative tweaks to "Tab 2" GUI layout. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3261 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-08 15:23:02 +00:00
statusChanged();
Clicking the "Report" spinner up/down should not change the Tx message number. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3205 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 00:45:01 +00:00
}
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_tuneButton_clicked (bool checked)
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
{
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (m_tune) {
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
tuneButtonTimer.start(250);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
m_sentFirst73=false;
itone[0]=0;
on_monitorButton_clicked (true);
Remember power level setting used for tune Patch provided by Mike W9MDB, thanks. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6281 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 15:32:11 +00:00
m_tune_attenuation_restore = ui->outAttenuation->value();
Pwr control refinements Set tune power with SHIFT + "Pwr" slider. SHIFT + "Pwr" slider to top cancels separate power level for tune. Smarter tool tip for "Pwr" slider. Needs User Guide update if change is acceptable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6284 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
if (m_tune_attenuation)
{
m_block_pwr_tooltip = true;
ui->outAttenuation->setValue(m_tune_attenuation);
m_block_pwr_tooltip = false;
}
Correct a logic flaw that occurred after *Tune* was used. Remove some disused diagnostics. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5581 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:52:55 +00:00
m_tune=true;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Q_EMIT tune (checked);
1. Erase button: click once to erase QSO window, twice to erase both. 2. New Setup options: "Tx disabled after sending 73" and "Runaway Tx watchdog". 3. Keyboard shortcuts: Alt-D: decode again at QSO frequency (same as Decode() button) Shift-D: full decode again, both windows Alt-E: Erase() Ctrl-F: Edit free text message Alt-H: Halt Tx() Alt M: Monitor() Alt-N: Enable Tx() Alt-Q: Log QSO Alt-S: Stop() git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3155 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-11 16:51:57 +00:00
}
1. Option to send Tx message (highlighted in yellow) to QSO window. 2. Setup | Options changed to Setup | Configuration 3. Alt-V causes save-to-file of the most recently completed Rx sequence. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3161 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-12 17:57:20 +00:00
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
void MainWindow::stop_tuning ()
Added "Tune" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
on_tuneButton_clicked(false);
Attempt to fix a few TX sequencing issues. Simplified some of the TX logic and removed some redundant code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4014 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-11 22:50:44 +00:00
ui->tuneButton->setChecked (false);
Correct a logic flaw that occurred after *Tune* was used. Remove some disused diagnostics. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5581 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 13:52:55 +00:00
m_bTxTime=false;
m_tune=false;
Ensure that tune specific Tx gain setting is not restored after it is cleared git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6733 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-05 19:24:56 +00:00
if (m_tune_attenuation)
{
Make sure tune power tool tip only shows when adjusting the tune power using the UI git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6761 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 18:50:34 +00:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip = true;
Ensure that tune specific Tx gain setting is not restored after it is cleared git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6733 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-05 19:24:56 +00:00
ui->outAttenuation->setValue(m_tune_attenuation_restore);
Make sure tune power tool tip only shows when adjusting the tune power using the UI git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6761 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-11 18:50:34 +00:00
m_block_pwr_tooltip = false;
Ensure that tune specific Tx gain setting is not restored after it is cleared git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6733 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-05 19:24:56 +00:00
}
Added "Tune" button. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3168 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-14 14:11:20 +00:00
}
Temporary updates... must still improve the Tune-button logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3194 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow::stopTuneATU()
{
on_tuneButton_clicked(false);
m_bTxTime=false;
}
Temporary updates... must still improve the Tune-button logic. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3194 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-17 15:53:43 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_stopTxButton_clicked() //Stop Tx
{
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if (m_tune) stop_tuning ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (m_auto and !m_tuneup) auto_tx_mode (false);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
m_btxok=false;
Once again, working to implement direct calls to basic hamlib functiions. *** This code is not finished, and may not work correctly! *** git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3200 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-23 00:52:51 +00:00
}
Option to allow multiple instances of WSJT-X to run simultaneously. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3206 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::rigOpen ()
Option to allow multiple instances of WSJT-X to run simultaneously. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3206 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
{
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "warning");
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->readFreq->setText ("");
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (true);
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
m_config.transceiver_online ();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, true);
Option to allow multiple instances of WSJT-X to run simultaneously. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3206 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 15:00:30 +00:00
}
1. New buttons to set Txfreq=RxFreq and RxFreq=TxFreq. 2. Don't change Tx5 message when rpt spinner is activated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3207 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_pbR2T_clicked()
{
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value ());
1. New buttons to set Txfreq=RxFreq and RxFreq=TxFreq. 2. Don't change Tx5 message when rpt spinner is activated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3207 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_pbT2R_clicked()
{
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ())
{
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
}
1. New buttons to set Txfreq=RxFreq and RxFreq=TxFreq. 2. Don't change Tx5 message when rpt spinner is activated. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3207 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-24 16:05:04 +00:00
}
Execute the "band changed" routine when the Band combobox is activated, even if selected band has not changed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3244 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-04-29 23:53:23 +00:00
Red/Orange indicator between "Band" spinner and Dial Frequency readout is now a button. It is enabled only when Orange, which means CAT control is essentially Program to Radio only. Clicking the button causes a one-time read of the radio's dial frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3256 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-04 00:12:27 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_readFreq_clicked()
{
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
if (m_transmitting) return;
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
if (m_config.transceiver_online ())
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.sync_transceiver (true, true);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Red/Orange indicator between "Band" spinner and Dial Frequency readout is now a button. It is enabled only when Orange, which means CAT control is essentially Program to Radio only. Clicking the button causes a one-time read of the radio's dial frequency. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3256 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-04 00:12:27 +00:00
}
Activate the "read frequency once" orange button. Delete the last tentatively-saved file on program exit. No negative numbers needed on "CW ID" spinner. Updates to User's Guide. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3259 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-07 16:35:50 +00:00
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_pbTxMode_clicked()
{
if(m_modeTx=="JT9") {
m_modeTx="JT65";
Warning: these changes have not yet been thoroughly tested! 1. Correct the TxMode label on program startup. 2. Insert TxMode (not RxMode) into the "Transmitting..." lines in ALL.TXT. 3. Put TxMode in wsjtx_status.txt. 4. F4 clears Az, Dist, and all Tx messages as well as DxCall and DxGrid. 5. Make it possible to decode JT9 in the "JT65 region", and vice-versa, with directed double-click on signal in waterfall. 6. Improved logic for enabling/disabling TestPTT button on setup screen. 7. Do not call getFreq() when TestPTT is activated under CAT control. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT65 #");
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
} else {
m_modeTx="JT9";
Warning: these changes have not yet been thoroughly tested! 1. Correct the TxMode label on program startup. 2. Insert TxMode (not RxMode) into the "Transmitting..." lines in ALL.TXT. 3. Put TxMode in wsjtx_status.txt. 4. F4 clears Az, Dist, and all Tx messages as well as DxCall and DxGrid. 5. Make it possible to decode JT9 in the "JT65 region", and vice-versa, with directed double-click on signal in waterfall. 6. Improved logic for enabling/disabling TestPTT button on setup screen. 7. Do not call getFreq() when TestPTT is activated under CAT control. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3463 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 19:57:01 +00:00
ui->pbTxMode->setText("Tx JT9 @");
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setModeTx(m_modeTx);
1. Changes outlined for r3463 are now tested and appear to be OK. 2. Setting frequencies above 100 MHz now OK. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3464 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 23:08:25 +00:00
statusChanged();
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow::setXIT(int n, Frequency base)
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if (m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if(m_mode=="MSK144") return;
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if (!base) base = m_freqNominal;
Thanks to G4WJS: SoundOut functions have been moved into the GUI thread. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-01 00:49:58 +00:00
m_XIT = 0;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if (!m_bSimplex) {
// m_bSimplex is false, so we can use split mode if requested
Use fixed 1000Hz Tx DF in VHF & up QSO modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6610 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
if (m_config.split_mode () && !m_config.enable_VHF_features ()) {
// Don't use XIT for VHF & up
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_XIT=(n/500)*500 - 1500;
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting)
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ()
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
&& m_config.split_mode ())
{
// All conditions are met, reset the transceiver Tx dial
// frequency
m_freqTxNominal = base + m_XIT;
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (m_freqTxNominal + m_astroCorrection.tx);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
}
//Now set the audio Tx freq
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
Q_EMIT transmitFrequency (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::setFreq4(int rxFreq, int txFreq)
{
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
if (ui->RxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ())
{
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue(rxFreq);
}
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if(m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
Make the WSPR-mode Tx Freq spinner track the red Tx Freq marker on Waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5537 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
ui->WSPRfreqSpinBox->setValue(txFreq);
} else {
if (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->isEnabled ()) {
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(txFreq);
}
Use fixed 1000Hz Tx DF in VHF & up QSO modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6610 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
else if (m_config.enable_VHF_features ()
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
&& (Qt::ControlModifier & QApplication::keyboardModifiers ())) {
Use fixed 1000Hz Tx DF in VHF & up QSO modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6610 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:29 +00:00
// for VHF & up we adjust Tx dial frequency to equalize Tx to Rx
// when user CTRL+clicks on waterfall
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
auto temp = ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ();
m_freqNominal += txFreq - temp;
m_freqTxNominal += txFreq - temp;
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setValue (temp);
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
setRig ();
setXIT (ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value ());
}
Make the WSPR-mode Tx Freq spinner track the red Tx Freq marker on Waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5537 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-05 13:42:45 +00:00
}
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
}
1. Oops, inadvertently I clobbered a Win32-only line while editing unix code. 2. Add a Setup option "Tx freq locked to Rx freq." Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3318 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-28 19:34:18 +00:00
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_cbTxLock_clicked(bool checked)
1. Oops, inadvertently I clobbered a Win32-only line while editing unix code. 2. Add a Setup option "Tx freq locked to Rx freq." Needs testing! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3318 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-05-28 19:34:18 +00:00
{
m_lockTxFreq=checked;
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setLockTxFreq(m_lockTxFreq);
Merging code for v1.1 back into the main wsjtx branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3462 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-08 13:17:22 +00:00
if(m_lockTxFreq) on_pbR2T_clicked();
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update (Transceiver::TransceiverState const& s)
Add a "+ 2 kHz" checkbox under the Band selector. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3480 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-11 20:41:46 +00:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// qDebug () << "MainWindow::handle_transceiver_update:" << s;
Transceiver::TransceiverState old_state {m_rigState};
//transmitDisplay (s.ptt ());
m_rigState = s;
if (old_state.online () == false && s.online () == true)
{
// initializing
on_monitorButton_clicked (!m_config.monitor_off_at_startup ());
}
if (s.frequency () != old_state.frequency () || s.split () != m_splitMode)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
m_splitMode = s.split ();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if (!s.ptt ()) //!m_transmitting)
{
auto temp = m_freqNominal;
m_freqNominal = s.frequency () - m_astroCorrection.rx;
if (temp != m_freqNominal)
{
m_freqTxNominal = m_freqNominal;
}
if (m_monitoring)
{
m_lastMonitoredFrequency = m_freqNominal;
}
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if (m_lastDialFreq != m_freqNominal and ((m_mode!="MSK144") or
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
!ui->cbCQRx->isChecked())) {
m_lastDialFreq = m_freqNominal;
m_secBandChanged=QDateTime::currentMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000;
if(s.frequency () < 30000000u && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
// Write freq changes to ALL.TXT only below 30 MHz.
QFile f2 {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("ALL.TXT")};
if (f2.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f2);
out << QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().toString("yyyy-MMM-dd hh:mm")
<< " " << qSetRealNumberPrecision (12) << (m_freqNominal / 1.e6) << " MHz "
<< m_mode << endl;
f2.close();
} else {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Error")
,tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f2.fileName ()).arg (f2.errorString ()));
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
if (m_config.spot_to_psk_reporter ()) {
pskSetLocal ();
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
}
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
statusChanged();
m_wideGraph->setDialFreq(m_freqNominal / 1.e6);
}
} else {
m_freqTxNominal = s.split () ? s.tx_frequency () - m_astroCorrection.tx : s.frequency ();
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if (m_astroWidget) m_astroWidget->nominal_frequency (m_freqNominal, m_freqTxNominal);
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// ensure frequency display is correct
if (m_astroWidget && old_state.ptt () != s.ptt ()) setRig ();
displayDialFrequency ();
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "ok");
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (false);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
ui->readFreq->setText (s.split () ? "S" : "");
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow::handle_transceiver_failure (QString const& reason)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
update_dynamic_property (ui->readFreq, "state", "error");
ui->readFreq->setEnabled (true);
Set split mode before and after setting Tx frequency Also cleaned up duplicate trace output. Using the DX Lab Suite Commander CAT interface with rigs like the TS-2000 requires that split mode be set after changing the Tx frequency. This is because setting teh Tx frequency disables split mode. With some Icom rigs the rig must be in split mode before setting the Tx frequency otherwise the Tx frequency change will not be honoured. To fix this the sequence set-split, set-tx-frequency, set-split must always be used to change the Tx frequency. Support for new DX Lab Suite Commander TCP/IP commands Dave AA6YQ has added two new commands to the Commander server to allow more reliable control. Requires DX Lab Suite Commander 11.1.4 or later. Ensure split Tx frequency agrees with UI before transmitting Ensure split works on Yaesu via Hamlib without breaking others Also improved class HamlibTransceiver debug trace messages. Merged r4776-r4779 from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-12-06 20:23:29 +00:00
on_stopTxButton_clicked ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
rigFailure (reason);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
void MainWindow::rigFailure (QString const& reason)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
if (m_first_error)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
{
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
// one automatic retry
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (rigOpen ()));
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_first_error = false;
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
}
else
{
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox.setDetailedText (reason);
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
// don't call slot functions directly to avoid recursion
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
m_rigErrorMessageBox.exec ();
auto const clicked_button = m_rigErrorMessageBox.clickedButton ();
if (clicked_button == m_configurations_button)
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
{
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
ui->menuConfig->exec (QCursor::pos ());
}
else
{
switch (m_rigErrorMessageBox.standardButton (clicked_button))
{
case MessageBox::Ok:
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (on_actionSettings_triggered ()));
break;
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
case MessageBox::Retry:
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (rigOpen ()));
break;
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
Add a configurations button to the rig error message box This button pops up the same context menu as the configurations button on the main window menu bar. This allows the operator to easily escape from an incorrectly configured configuration without changing it. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7075 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-11 01:09:50 +00:00
case MessageBox::Cancel:
QTimer::singleShot (0, this, SLOT (close ()));
break;
default: break; // squashing compile warnings
}
Do one automatic retry on CAT errors To allow for intermittant CAT failures one retry before bringing up a message box should allow many setups to be more reliable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4473 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-10-04 14:45:09 +00:00
}
Make mutable static variables instance variables where necessary Static storage variables that should have been class members are made so. This ensures that if they are used as initialization one time switches then they will operate correctly when their class instantiated more than once. This now happoens for most classes due to the configurations switching facility which destroys all windows and re-instantiates them. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6661 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-01 00:40:51 +00:00
m_first_error = true; // reset
1. Full control of DTR and RTS on serial port used for CAT control -- patch submitted by G4WJS. 2. Improved(???) means of multiple tries when polling radio for frequency. 3. Minor tweaks to widget sizes on devsetup screen. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3500 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-23 17:32:59 +00:00
}
}
Most of these changes are thanks to G4WJS. Audio I/O is now done using Qt's built-in QAudio calls rather than PortAudio. Also includes some refactoring of the arrangement for these calls, and more use of C++ style. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3523 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-05 13:57:55 +00:00
void MainWindow::transmit (double snr)
{
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
double toneSpacing=0.0;
if (m_modeTx == "JT65") {
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=11025.0/4096.0;
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*11025.0/4096.0;
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*11025.0/4096.0;
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT65_SYMBOLS,
4096.0*12000.0/11025.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
if (m_modeTx == "QRA64") {
More changes for QRA01 --> QRA02. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6825 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-29 19:12:46 +00:00
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=12000.0/6912.0;
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*12000.0/6912.0;
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*12000.0/6912.0;
Fix some potential bounds errors in setting frequency limits. Implement submodes QRA65B-E on the Tx side. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6942 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 13:22:34 +00:00
if(m_nSubMode==3) toneSpacing=8*12000.0/6912.0;
if(m_nSubMode==4) toneSpacing=16*12000.0/6912.0;
Many renames: QRA65 --> QRA64, QRA02 --> QRA64. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6848 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 12:15:41 +00:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_QRA64_SYMBOLS,
More changes for QRA01 --> QRA02. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6825 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-29 19:12:46 +00:00
6912.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (m_modeTx == "JT9") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int nsub=pow(2,m_nSubMode);
int nsps[]={480,240,120,60};
double sps=m_nsps;
m_toneSpacing=nsub*12000.0/6912.0;
bool fastmode=false;
if(m_bFast9 and (m_nSubMode>=4)) {
fastmode=true;
sps=nsps[m_nSubMode-4];
m_toneSpacing=12000.0/sps;
}
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT9_SYMBOLS, sps,
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - m_XIT, m_toneSpacing,
m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
true, fastmode, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if (m_modeTx == "MSK144") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_nsps=6;
Adaptive sample block size to match FFT sizes This change corrects timing discrepancies on the horizontal fast spectrum plot. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6780 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-17 01:27:00 +00:00
m_FFTSize = 7 * 512;
Q_EMIT FFTSize (m_FFTSize);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_toneSpacing=6000.0/m_nsps;
double f0=1000.0;
Install MSK144 as a new mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6721 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-03 15:45:54 +00:00
int nsym;
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
nsym=NUM_MSK144_SYMBOLS;
if(itone[40] < 0) nsym=40;
Adjust the GUI to accommodate JTMSK shorthand messages. (NB: Tx message echoed with yellow background is incomplete.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6403 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-01-15 21:53:27 +00:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (nsym, double(m_nsps), f0, m_toneSpacing,
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
true, true, snr, m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if (m_modeTx == "JT4") {
if(m_nSubMode==0) toneSpacing=4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==1) toneSpacing=2*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==2) toneSpacing=4*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==3) toneSpacing=9*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==4) toneSpacing=18*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==5) toneSpacing=36*4.375;
if(m_nSubMode==6) toneSpacing=72*4.375;
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_JT4_SYMBOLS,
2520.0*12000.0/11025.0, ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value () - m_XIT,
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
toneSpacing, m_soundOutput, m_config.audio_output_channel (),
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
true, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (m_mode=="WSPR-2") { //### Similar code needed for WSPR-15 ###
1. Fix cause of "frozen UTC" bug in MSK144 mode. (Could there be more than one cause?) 2. Fix failure to remember Ftol setting in MSK144 mode. 3. Remove obsolete controls from Advanced tab. 4. Add control for "x 2 Tone spacing" on Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6981 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
int nToneSpacing=1;
if(m_config.x2ToneSpacing()) nToneSpacing=2;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_WSPR_SYMBOLS, 8192.0,
1. Fix cause of "frozen UTC" bug in MSK144 mode. (Could there be more than one cause?) 2. Fix failure to remember Ftol setting in MSK144 mode. 3. Remove obsolete controls from Advanced tab. 4. Add control for "x 2 Tone spacing" on Advanced tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6981 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value() - 1.5 * 12000 / 8192,
m_toneSpacing*nToneSpacing, m_soundOutput,
m_config.audio_output_channel(),true, false, snr,
m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
if(m_mode=="Echo") {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
//??? should use "fastMode = true" here ???
Start dealing with thread related object lifetime issues There are several object lifetime issues that can cause crashes on application close down. This change is the first phase of addressing these issues. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5719 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-13 11:00:55 +00:00
Q_EMIT sendMessage (27, 1024.0, 1500.0, 0.0, m_soundOutput,
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_config.audio_output_channel(),
false, false, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
double sps,f0;
if(m_nSubMode==0) {
sps=512.0*12000.0/11025.0;
toneSpacing=11025.0/512.0;
f0=47*toneSpacing;
} else {
sps=256.0*12000.0/11025.0;
toneSpacing=11025.0/256.0;
f0=13*toneSpacing;
}
Q_EMIT sendMessage (NUM_ISCAT_SYMBOLS, sps, f0, toneSpacing, m_soundOutput,
m_config.audio_output_channel(),
true, true, snr, m_TRperiod);
}
// In auto-sequencing mode, stop after 5 transmissions of "73" message.
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
if(m_mode=="JT9" and m_bFast9 and ui->cbAutoSeq->isChecked()) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_ntx==5) {
m_nTx73 += 1;
} else {
m_nTx73=0;
}
More changes related to EME Echo mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 00:02:02 +00:00
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_outAttenuation_valueChanged (int a)
{
Pwr control refinements Set tune power with SHIFT + "Pwr" slider. SHIFT + "Pwr" slider to top cancels separate power level for tune. Smarter tool tip for "Pwr" slider. Needs User Guide update if change is acceptable. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6284 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-16 20:55:19 +00:00
QString tt_str;
qreal dBAttn {a / 10.}; // slider interpreted as dB / 100
if (m_tune && Qt::ShiftModifier == QGuiApplication::keyboardModifiers ())
{
// special attenuation value for Tune button
m_tune_attenuation = a;
if (a)
{
tt_str = tr ("Tune digital gain ")
+ (a ? QString::number (-dBAttn, 'f', 1) : "0") + "dB\n"
"Set at top to cancel";
}
else
{
tt_str = tr ("Tune power = Tx power");
}
}
else
{
tt_str = tr ("Transmit digital gain ")
+ (a ? QString::number (-dBAttn, 'f', 1) : "0") + "dB";
}
if (!m_block_pwr_tooltip)
{
QToolTip::showText (QCursor::pos (), tt_str, ui->outAttenuation);
}
Added audio channel support. Audio input can be mono, left of stereo pair or, right of stereo pair. Audio output can be mono, left of stereo pair, right of stereo pair or, both of stereo pair (the same output goes to both channels in both mode). Settings are remembered between sessions. Stream channel suport is implemented mainly in the new AudioDevice class which is now the base class of Modulator and Detector. Audio channels are selected on the configuration screen. Only supported channel configurations per device can be selected. Audio output volume (actually attenuation) is now possible from the GUI. I have added a slider control to the main window; I don't necessarily propose this as a final release location for the widget as I understand that changes to the main screen are sensitive. This location is just a starting suggestion for a trial. The volume (attenuation) setting is remembered between sessions and is not device dependent. This addresses all issues of volume setting on *nix versions since there is no need to use pavucontrol to set audio levels. The volume (attenuation) action is logarithmic. Shaped CW keying has been implemented in Modulator although it is currently disabled as I am not 100% happy wth the implementation. If you want to try it define the C++ preprocessor macro WSJT_SOFT_KEYING in your build. The Modulator instance has been moved to the same thread as the SoundOutput instance as it should have been since the output callback already operates in that thread. Cross thread slots are now correctly called in a thread safe way as a result. A number of files where in the SVN repository with DOS line endings which I have removed. SVN users on Windows need set the config for native line endings so that DOS line endings are automatically stripped on checkin. The DevSetup class now holds it's UI o the heap to reduce imapact on build dependencies. The application settings are now passed to objects from the main.cpp file. Management of settings are moved to the responsible classes (top level windows). This has involved a few settings moving groups so users will see some settings reverting to default values on the first run of an update. Persistance of top level windows geometry and position is now handled in the recommened manner (constructor for load, closeEvent for store in modal windows and, hideEvent for store in modeless dialogs). The MainWindow class now holds its children as members rather than global variables. The LogQSO class now hides its implementation and takes responsibility for its own settings and widows rendering parameters. A new settings file group is implemented to persist the LogQSO class settings. The WideGraph class now hides its implementation and manages its own settings and window rendering parameters. --This line, and those below, will be ignored-- M Modulator.cpp M rigclass.cpp M widegraph.cpp M signalmeter.cpp M soundin.cpp M soundout.cpp M mainwindow.h M main.cpp M meterwidget.h M devsetup.cpp M mainwindow.ui M Detector.cpp M logqso.h M rigclass.h M mainwindow.cpp M meterwidget.cpp M soundin.h M devsetup.ui M wsjtx.pro M devsetup.h M logqso.cpp M Modulator.hpp M psk_reporter.cpp M killbyname.cpp M Detector.hpp M signalmeter.h M widegraph.h M psk_reporter.h M soundout.h M PSKReporter.h M lib/afc65b.f90 M lib/gran.c M lib/usleep.c M lib/afc9.f90 M lib/wrapkarn.c A AudioDevice.hpp git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3542 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-08-10 15:29:55 +00:00
Q_EMIT outAttenuationChanged (dBAttn);
1. Full control of DTR and RTS on serial port used for CAT control -- patch submitted by G4WJS. 2. Improved(???) means of multiple tries when polling radio for frequency. 3. Minor tweaks to widget sizes on devsetup screen. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3500 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2013-07-23 17:32:59 +00:00
}
1. Fix a bug that could cause decoder to hang when presented with bad data. 2. Fix a bug that could allow a Koetter-Vardy false decode instead of a valid Berlekamp-Massey decode, sometimes leading to program crash. 3. Many more edits in the User's Guide, *.adoc files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-27 21:28:54 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_actionShort_list_of_add_on_prefixes_and_suffixes_triggered()
{
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
if (!m_prefixes)
{
Refactored help windows into a helpful class Also used it to implement the prefixes, shortcuts and mouse help windows. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5554 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-08 16:05:01 +00:00
m_prefixes.reset (new HelpTextWindow {tr ("Prefixes"), ":/prefixes.txt", {"Courier", 10}});
Fix issue with non-modal window lifetimes. Some non-modal help windows were not being automatically closed on application exit. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4143 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-05-15 11:41:18 +00:00
}
m_prefixes->showNormal();
Finally getting the hang of UIs that work on Mac and elsewhere git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5587 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-11 17:01:12 +00:00
m_prefixes->raise ();
1. Fix a bug that could cause decoder to hang when presented with bad data. 2. Fix a bug that could allow a Koetter-Vardy false decode instead of a valid Berlekamp-Massey decode, sometimes leading to program crash. 3. Many more edits in the User's Guide, *.adoc files. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3664 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-27 21:28:54 +00:00
}
Working on code that will make "genStdMsgs()" generate the proper "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages when a compound callsign is present. This is not yet finished! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3677 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 16:45:12 +00:00
Implement automatic generation of "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages with compound callsigns, as required. TO DO: Now that the fixed "short list" of common prefixes and suffixes is compiled into the code, would be better to remove the requirement for file prefixes.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3679 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 19:01:33 +00:00
bool MainWindow::shortList(QString callsign)
{
int n=callsign.length();
int i1=callsign.indexOf("/");
Q_ASSERT(i1>0 and i1<n);
QString t1=callsign.mid(0,i1);
QString t2=callsign.mid(i1+1,n-i1-1);
bool b=(m_pfx.contains(t1) or m_sfx.contains(t2));
Sorry, I committed a corrupt file. OK now. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3680 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 19:13:14 +00:00
return b;
Working on code that will make "genStdMsgs()" generate the proper "Type 1" or "Type 2" messages when a compound callsign is present. This is not yet finished! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3677 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-01-31 16:45:12 +00:00
}
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
void MainWindow::pskSetLocal ()
{
// find the station row, if any, that matches the band we are on
auto stations = m_config.stations ();
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
auto matches = stations->match (stations->index (0, StationList::band_column)
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
, Qt::DisplayRole
, ui->bandComboBox->currentText ()
, 1
, Qt::MatchExactly);
QString antenna_description;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if (!matches.isEmpty ()) {
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
antenna_description = stations->index (matches.first ().row ()
, StationList::description_column).data ().toString ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
// qDebug() << "To PSKreporter: local station details";
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
psk_Reporter->setLocalStation(m_config.my_callsign (), m_config.my_grid (),
antenna_description, QString {"WSJT-X v" + version() + " " +
m_revision}.simplified ());
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
void MainWindow::transmitDisplay (bool transmitting)
{
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if (transmitting == m_transmitting) {
if (transmitting) {
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui->signal_meter_widget->setValue(0);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if (m_monitoring) monitor (false);
m_btxok=true;
}
Ensure Plus 2kHz Check Box is disabled in Transmit when required. The Plus 2 kHz check box should not be enabled during transmit if the "Allow Tx Frequency Changes While Transmitting" is not checked. Also fixed a defect that caused the disabled during Tx state of some widgets to not clear due to transmit or tune period being shorter than a poll interval. Fixed by ensuring PTT changes are always signalled rather than waiting for the next poll. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4352 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:55 +00:00
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
auto QSY_allowed = !transmitting or m_config.tx_QSY_allowed () or
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
!m_config.split_mode ();
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
if (ui->cbTxLock->isChecked ()) {
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
ui->pbT2R->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
}
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
if (!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) {
if(m_config.enable_VHF_features ()) {
During tests, at least, allow use of Tx Freq spinner with VHF features enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6943 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 14:59:25 +00:00
//### During tests, at least, allow use of Tx Freq spinner with VHF features enabled.
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
// used fixed 1000Hz Tx DF for VHF & up QSO modes
During tests, at least, allow use of Tx Freq spinner with VHF features enabled. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6943 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-23 14:59:25 +00:00
// ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1000);
// ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (false);
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (true);
//###
1. Fix the nfqso < nf1 but in qra64.f90. 2. Delay splash screen until after main window starts. 3. Keep cbTxLock enabled in QRA64 mode. 4. Update v1.7_Features.txt. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7005 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-05 14:14:24 +00:00
if(m_mode!="QRA64") {
ui->cbTxLock->setChecked(false);
ui->cbTxLock->setEnabled(false);
}
More consistent checks for WSPR modes git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6609 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 23:29:21 +00:00
} else {
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setEnabled (QSY_allowed and !m_bFastMode);
ui->pbR2T->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
ui->cbTxLock->setEnabled (QSY_allowed);
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// the following are always disallowed in transmit
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
ui->menuMode->setEnabled (!transmitting);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
//ui->bandComboBox->setEnabled (!transmitting);
if (!transmitting) {
Starting to implement the hooks for interfacing to QRA mode. Pass file path for peg-128 files to fast_decode(). (Inelegant, but it works.) git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6741 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-08 21:20:58 +00:00
if (m_mode == "JT9+JT65") {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
// allow mode switch in Rx when in dual mode
ui->pbTxMode->setEnabled (true);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
} else {
ui->pbTxMode->setEnabled (false);
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_sbFtol_valueChanged(int index)
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
int tol[] = {10,20,50,100,200,500,1000};
m_FtolIndex=index;
m_Ftol=tol[index-21];
m_wideGraph->setTol(m_Ftol);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
void::MainWindow::VHF_controls_visible(bool b)
{
Make the main window more portable and font change capable The Rx meter is now a better Qt citizen and can be resized. Added a more obvious peak signal indicator. It is now a custom widget derived from QFrame and is now directly added via promotion in Designer. Added a custom widget to act as a letter spin box, this is used for sub mode control. Switched the frequency tolerance widget to a combo box with preset values so that it is more uniform across systems and font sizes. Added container widgets for group control of various UI widgets such as QSO controls, DX call controls and WSPR controls. Introduced a stacked widget to allow the WSPR controls to be swapped in in place of the "QSO" controls. The "QSO" controls are are the Rx, Tx and related controls along with the main tab widget with the message buttons and fields. This means that the WSPR version of the main window (and EME Echo mode) are now much cleaner. Increased the size of the rig control widget and styled its colour using a dynamic property so that it can be defined in the Designer UI definition. Reinstated it as a push button to do a rig control reset and retry after an error. Reset most UI widgets to default properties, particularly removing any fixed sizes so that they can resize freely when fonts are changed. The overall layout is now controlled almost exclusively by stretch factors on some of the rows and columns of the various grid layout managers. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5630 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-25 22:41:13 +00:00
ui->VHFControls_widget->setVisible (b);
Make sure the "Fast" checkbox becomes visible after enabling VHF/UHF features on the Settings | General tab. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6652 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-28 15:06:32 +00:00
ui->cbFast9->setVisible(b);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
void::MainWindow::VHF_features_enabled(bool b)
{
if(!b and (ui->actionInclude_averaging->isChecked() or
ui->actionInclude_correlation->isChecked())) {
on_actionDeepestDecode_triggered();
}
ui->actionInclude_averaging->setEnabled(b);
ui->actionInclude_correlation->setEnabled(b);
ui->actionMessage_averaging->setEnabled(b);
if(!b and m_msgAvgWidget!=NULL) {
if(m_msgAvgWidget->isVisible()) m_msgAvgWidget->close();
}
}
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_cbAutoSeq_toggled(bool b)
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
Change cbEME to cbAutoSeq (always). Protect against frequency jump in MSK144. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7057 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-06 15:36:17 +00:00
m_bAutoSeq=b;
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_sbTR_valueChanged(int index)
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
{
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_TRindex=index;
// if(!m_bFastMode and n>m_nSubMode) m_MinW=m_nSubMode;
if(m_bFastMode) {
m_TRperiod=ui->sbTR->cleanText().toInt();
if(m_TRperiod<5 or m_TRperiod>30) m_TRperiod=30;
m_TRperiodFast=m_TRperiod;
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar.setMaximum(m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
if(m_monitoring) {
on_stopButton_clicked();
on_monitorButton_clicked(true);
}
if(m_transmitting) {
on_stopTxButton_clicked();
}
m_modulator->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_detector->setPeriod(m_TRperiod); // TODO - not thread safe
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
Increase range of report spinbox in MSK144 to -8 --> +24 dB. Limit the yellow click-to-decode bar to max at TRperiod. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7084 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-15 17:06:49 +00:00
m_fastGraph->setTRperiod(m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_sbSubmode_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_nSubMode=n;
m_wideGraph->setSubMode(m_nSubMode);
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
mode_label.setText (m_mode);
Remove JTMSK mode and all related routines. Beware of possible unintended side effects! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7079 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-13 17:52:45 +00:00
if ((m_mode != "JT9+JT65" and m_mode != "MSK144" and
Re-enable MSK144 click-to-decode, top panel only. Fix the improper display of "Fast" checkbox. Disable "CQ nnn" checkbox if MyCall is not K1JT or K9AN. Use AppDir as path to execute the LDPC encode program. Don't display submodes in mode label for JTMSK, MSK144. Make Rx Freq spinner invisible in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7001 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-04 19:30:27 +00:00
!m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR")) || !m_config.enable_VHF_features ()) {
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
mode_label.setText (mode_label.text () + " " + QChar {short (m_nSubMode + 65)});
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_mode=="ISCAT") {
if(m_nSubMode==0) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(1012);
if(m_nSubMode==1) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(560);
}
if(m_mode=="JT9") {
if(m_nSubMode<4) {
ui->cbFast9->setChecked(false);
on_cbFast9_clicked(false);
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(false);
ui->sbTR->setVisible(false);
m_TRperiod=60;
} else {
ui->cbFast9->setEnabled(true);
}
ui->sbTR->setVisible(m_bFast9);
if(m_bFast9) ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(700);
}
if(m_transmitting and m_bFast9 and m_nSubMode>=4) transmit(99.0);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_cbFast9_clicked(bool b)
{
if(m_mode=="JT9") {
m_bFast9=b;
Don't show the Auto Seq checkbox when it's not relevant. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7062 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-08 12:54:09 +00:00
ui->cbAutoSeq->setVisible(b);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
on_actionJT9_triggered();
}
if(b) {
if(m_TRperiodFast>0) m_TRperiod=m_TRperiodFast;
} else {
m_TRperiod=60;
}
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
progressBar.setMaximum(m_TRperiod);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_wideGraph->setPeriod(m_TRperiod,m_nsps);
fast_config(b);
}
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_cbShMsgs_toggled(bool b)
{
ui->cbTx6->setEnabled(b);
m_bShMsgs=b;
Start GUI mods to enable short messages in MSK144 mode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6877 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-06 15:06:47 +00:00
if(m_bShMsgs and (m_mode=="MSK144")) ui->rptSpinBox->setValue(1);
Reintegrate Joe's experimental VHF & up features As at ^/branches/wsjtx_exp@5271 git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5272 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
int itone0=itone[0];
int ntx=m_ntx;
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
itone[0]=itone0;
if(ntx==1) ui->txrb1->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==2) ui->txrb2->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==3) ui->txrb3->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==4) ui->txrb4->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==5) ui->txrb5->setChecked(true);
if(ntx==6) ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
}
void MainWindow::on_cbTx6_toggled(bool b)
{
QString t;
if(b) {
t="@1250 (SEND MSGS)";
} else {
t="@1000 (TUNE)";
}
ui->tx6->setText(t);
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 17:25:19 +00:00
}
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
// Takes a decoded CQ line and sets it up for reply
void MainWindow::replyToCQ (QTime time, qint32 snr, float delta_time, quint32 delta_frequency, QString const& mode, QString const& message_text)
{
if (!m_config.accept_udp_requests ())
{
return;
}
Allow for empty decode message in UDP reply message git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6812 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-28 15:53:50 +00:00
if (message_text.contains (QRegularExpression {R"(^(CQ |CQDX |QRZ ))"}))
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
// a message we are willing to accept
Allow for extra character after mode when matching UDP reply to CQ messages git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6682 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 20:45:32 +00:00
QString format_string {"%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6"};
Allow for -0.0 DT value when matching UDP reply to CQ requests git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-06 23:14:32 +00:00
auto cqtext = format_string.arg (time.toString ("hhmm"))
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
.arg (snr, 3)
.arg (delta_time, 4, 'f', 1)
.arg (delta_frequency, 4)
.arg (mode)
.arg (message_text);
auto messages = ui->decodedTextBrowser->toPlainText ();
auto position = messages.lastIndexOf (cqtext);
Allow for -0.0 DT value when matching UDP reply to CQ requests git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6236 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-06 23:14:32 +00:00
if (position < 0)
{
// try again with with -0.0 delta time
position = messages.lastIndexOf (format_string.arg (time.toString ("hhmm"))
.arg (snr, 3)
.arg ('-' + QString::number (delta_time, 'f', 1), 4)
.arg (delta_frequency, 4)
.arg (mode)
.arg (message_text));
}
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
if (position >= 0)
{
if (m_config.udpWindowToFront ())
{
show ();
raise ();
activateWindow ();
}
if (m_config.udpWindowRestore () && isMinimized ())
{
showNormal ();
raise ();
}
// find the linefeed at the end of the line
position = ui->decodedTextBrowser->toPlainText().indexOf("\n",position);
processMessage (messages, position, false);
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
tx_watchdog (false);
Alert using the platform desktop mechanism for messages Message boxes and accepted incomming UDP actions alert the user even if the application is hidden. This does not steal focus as that is considered bad practice and is annoying. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6826 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-29 23:11:54 +00:00
QApplication::alert (this);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
else
{
qDebug () << "reply to CQ request ignored, decode not found:" << cqtext;
}
}
else
{
qDebug () << "rejecting UDP request to reply as decode is not a CQ or QRZ";
}
}
void MainWindow::replayDecodes ()
{
// we accept this request even if the setting to accept UDP requests
// is not checked
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
// attempt to parse the decoded text
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
Q_FOREACH (auto const& message, ui->decodedTextBrowser->toPlainText ().split ('\n', QString::SkipEmptyParts))
{
if (message.size() >= 4 && message.left (4) != "----")
{
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
auto const& parts = message.split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
if (parts.size () >= 5 && parts[3].contains ('.')) // WSPR
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
postWSPRDecode (false, parts);
}
else
{
auto eom_pos = message.indexOf (' ', 35);
// we always want at least the characters to position 35
if (eom_pos < 35)
{
eom_pos = message.size () - 1;
}
postDecode (false, message.left (eom_pos + 1));
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
}
}
Send a status update after a replay decodes as UDP messgaes action This allows any new UDP client to know the WSJT-X status automatically after they have requested an initial replay of all decodes upon discovering a WSJT-X instance. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5245 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-19 22:21:45 +00:00
statusChanged ();
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::postDecode (bool is_new, QString const& message)
{
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
auto const& decode = message.trimmed ();
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
auto const& parts = decode.left (22).split (' ', QString::SkipEmptyParts);
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
if (parts.size () >= 5)
{
m_messageClient->decode (is_new, QTime::fromString (parts[0], "hhmm"), parts[1].toInt ()
Allow for, and add where necessary, a second character after mode The decoded message processing relies on fixed column positions so the extra character used in message averaging to indicate sync flips must also be allowed for in other modes. This is done by inserting a space character. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6681 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-17 19:35:38 +00:00
, parts[2].toFloat (), parts[3].toUInt (), parts[4][0], decode.mid (22));
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
}
}
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
void MainWindow::postWSPRDecode (bool is_new, QStringList parts)
{
if (parts.size () < 8)
{
parts.insert (6, "");
}
m_messageClient->WSPR_decode (is_new, QTime::fromString (parts[0], "hhmm"), parts[1].toInt ()
, parts[2].toFloat (), Radio::frequency (parts[3].toFloat (), 6)
, parts[4].toInt (), parts[5].remove ("&lt;").remove ("&gt;")
, parts[6], parts[7].toInt ());
}
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
void MainWindow::networkError (QString const& e)
{
Create the splash screen before assigning the application name Even though the splash screen does not have a title it seems to interfere with JTAlert which enumerates window titles to identify WSJT-X instances. I'm not sure why this is necessary, but if it helps it should be benign. Ensure that the splash screen is hidden before any message boxes are shown, this is essential at startup if there is a stale lock file or rig control error. Be far less aggressive about bringing the splash screen to the top of the application window stack. This may cause the splash screen to be obscured on some platforms. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7025 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-08-12 16:12:52 +00:00
if (m_splash && m_splash->isVisible ()) m_splash->hide ();
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
if (MessageBox::Retry == MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("Network Error")
, tr ("Error: %1\nUDP server %2:%3")
.arg (e)
.arg (m_config.udp_server_name ())
.arg (m_config.udp_server_port ())
, QString {}
, MessageBox::Cancel | MessageBox::Retry
, MessageBox::Cancel))
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
{
// retry server lookup
m_messageClient->set_server (m_config.udp_server_name ());
}
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow::on_syncSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_minSync=n;
}
void MainWindow::p1ReadFromStdout() //p1readFromStdout
{
QString t1;
while(p1.canReadLine()) {
QString t(p1.readLine());
if(t.indexOf("<DecodeFinished>") >= 0) {
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_bDecoded = m_nWSPRdecodes > 0;
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
if(!m_diskData) {
WSPR_history(m_dialFreqRxWSPR, m_nWSPRdecodes);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(m_nWSPRdecodes==0 and ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked()) {
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
t = " Receiving " + m_mode + " ----------------------- " +
m_config.bands ()->find (m_dialFreqRxWSPR);
t=WSPR_hhmm(-60) + ' ' + t.rightJustified (66, '-');
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(t);
}
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
killFileTimer.start (45*1000); //Kill in 45s
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
}
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
m_nWSPRdecodes=0;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
ui->DecodeButton->setChecked (false);
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
if(m_uploadSpots
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) { // need working rig control
Move pseudo RNG seeding to start of application Also switched to qrand() in place of rand() where possible as it is thread safe. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5716 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-12 10:28:28 +00:00
float x=qrand()/((double)RAND_MAX + 1.0);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
int msdelay=20000*x;
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
uploadTimer.start(msdelay); //Upload delay
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
QFile f(QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_dataDir.absolutePath()) + "/wspr_spots.txt");
if(f.exists()) f.remove();
}
m_RxLog=0;
m_startAnother=m_loopall;
m_blankLine=true;
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
m_decoderBusy = false;
statusUpdate ();
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
int n=t.length();
t=t.mid(0,n-2) + " ";
t.remove(QRegExp("\\s+$"));
QStringList rxFields = t.split(QRegExp("\\s+"));
QString rxLine;
QString grid="";
if ( rxFields.count() == 8 ) {
rxLine = QString("%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8")
.arg(rxFields.at(0), 4)
.arg(rxFields.at(1), 4)
.arg(rxFields.at(2), 5)
.arg(rxFields.at(3), 11)
.arg(rxFields.at(4), 4)
Escape '<' and '>' in WSPR decodes window callsign field git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5572 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-10 14:48:35 +00:00
.arg(rxFields.at(5).leftJustified (12).replace ('<', "&lt;").replace ('>', "&gt;"))
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
.arg(rxFields.at(6), -6)
.arg(rxFields.at(7), 3);
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
postWSPRDecode (true, rxFields);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
grid = rxFields.at(6);
} else if ( rxFields.count() == 7 ) { // Type 2 message
rxLine = QString("%1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8")
.arg(rxFields.at(0), 4)
.arg(rxFields.at(1), 4)
.arg(rxFields.at(2), 5)
.arg(rxFields.at(3), 11)
.arg(rxFields.at(4), 4)
Escape '<' and '>' in WSPR decodes window callsign field git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5572 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-10 14:48:35 +00:00
.arg(rxFields.at(5).leftJustified (12).replace ('<', "&lt;").replace ('>', "&gt;"))
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
.arg("", -6)
.arg(rxFields.at(6), 3);
Add WSPR decodes to UDP message protocol The message_aggregator (MessageAggregator.cpp) has been updated to do something with WSPR decodes. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6101 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-15 23:03:11 +00:00
postWSPRDecode (true, rxFields);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
} else {
rxLine = t;
}
if(grid!="") {
double utch=0.0;
int nAz,nEl,nDmiles,nDkm,nHotAz,nHotABetter;
azdist_(const_cast <char *> (m_config.my_grid ().toLatin1().constData()),
const_cast <char *> (grid.toLatin1().constData()),&utch,
&nAz,&nEl,&nDmiles,&nDkm,&nHotAz,&nHotABetter,6,6);
QString t1;
if(m_config.miles()) {
t1.sprintf("%7d",nDmiles);
} else {
t1.sprintf("%7d",nDkm);
}
rxLine += t1;
}
if (m_config.insert_blank () && m_blankLine) {
QString band;
Frequency f=1000000.0*rxFields.at(3).toDouble()+0.5;
Improvements to models and delegates Trying to find the sweet spot for completeness, usefulness, safety and, performance from the various custom item models and item delegates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5474 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:31 +00:00
band = ' ' + m_config.bands ()->find (f);
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(band.rightJustified (71, '-'));
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
m_blankLine = false;
}
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
m_nWSPRdecodes += 1;
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
ui->decodedTextBrowser->appendText(rxLine);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
}
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
QString MainWindow::WSPR_hhmm(int n)
{
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(n);
int m=t.toString("hhmm").toInt()/2;
QString t1;
t1.sprintf("%04d",2*m);
return t1;
}
Oops! Bad Rx frequencies were being recorded in WSPR_history.txt. Fixed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5603 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 21:46:54 +00:00
void MainWindow::WSPR_history(Frequency dialFreq, int ndecodes)
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
{
QDateTime t=QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc().addSecs(-60);
QString t1=t.toString("yyMMdd");
Add UTC to WSPR Tx dividing line; add WSPR Rx dividing line when no decodes; increase ranges of Gaiz/Zero sliders on Echo Graph. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5605 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-13 14:24:54 +00:00
QString t2=WSPR_hhmm(-60);
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
QString t3;
Oops! Bad Rx frequencies were being recorded in WSPR_history.txt. Fixed. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5603 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 21:46:54 +00:00
t3.sprintf("%13.6f",0.000001*dialFreq);
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
if(ndecodes<0) {
t1=t1 + " " + t2 + t3 + " T";
} else {
QString t4;
t4.sprintf("%4d",ndecodes);
t1=t1 + " " + t2 + t3 + " R" + t4;
}
QFile f {m_dataDir.absoluteFilePath ("WSPR_history.txt")};
if (f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append)) {
QTextStream out(&f);
out << t1 << endl;
f.close();
} else {
Make message boxes more platform independent with a wrapper Instead of using the Qt QMessageBox class directly a new class MessageBox (MessageBox.hpp) has been added to deal with platform independence issues like the title not being shown on Mac OS X. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6861 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-03 20:31:19 +00:00
MessageBox::warning_message (this, tr ("File Error")
, tr ("Cannot open \"%1\" for append: %2")
.arg (f.fileName ()).arg (f.errorString ()));
WSPR mode appends Date Time Freq T/R N to file WSPR_history.txt. For possible statistical analysis. N is the number of decoded signals. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5599 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 17:29:12 +00:00
}
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
void MainWindow::uploadSpots()
{
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
// do not spot replays or if rig control not working
if(m_diskData || !m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) return;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
if(m_uploading) {
qDebug() << "Previous upload has not completed, spots were lost";
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
wsprNet->abortOutstandingRequests ();
m_uploading = false;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
QString rfreq = QString("%1").arg(0.000001*(m_dialFreqRxWSPR + 1500), 0, 'f', 6);
QString tfreq = QString("%1").arg(0.000001*(m_dialFreqRxWSPR +
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value()), 0, 'f', 6);
wsprNet->upload(m_config.my_callsign(), m_config.my_grid(), rfreq, tfreq,
m_mode, QString::number(ui->autoButton->isChecked() ? m_pctx : 0),
QString::number(m_dBm), version(),
QDir::toNativeSeparators(m_dataDir.absolutePath()) + "/wspr_spots.txt");
m_uploading = true;
}
void MainWindow::uploadResponse(QString response)
{
if (response == "done") {
m_uploading=false;
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
} else {
Better debug messages for WSPR spotting issues git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6460 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-02-02 18:28:12 +00:00
if (response.startsWith ("Upload Failed")) {
m_uploading=false;
}
Various WSPR fixes Make WSPRnet.org spot uploads tolerant of network issues, spots still get discarded for any period that has problems but now uploading resumes on the next period. Ensure that decoded text starts with correct font by not using the base class append method directly. Fixed a major memory leak in the WSPRNet class which was not freeing processed request reply objects. Added some helpful debug prints in WSPRnet.org spot processing. Also tidied up a number of class implementations that were not including he MOC generated code. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5560 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-09 14:30:23 +00:00
qDebug () << "WSPRnet.org status:" << response;
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
void MainWindow::on_TxPowerComboBox_currentIndexChanged(const QString &arg1)
{
int i1=arg1.indexOf(" ");
m_dBm=arg1.mid(0,i1).toInt();
}
void MainWindow::on_sbTxPercent_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_pctx=n;
if(m_pctx>0) {
ui->pbTxNext->setEnabled(true);
} else {
m_txNext=false;
ui->pbTxNext->setChecked(false);
Better logic for WSPR scheduling. Don't overwrite a grid6 with grid4 obtained by double-clicking on a decode. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5452 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-28 22:58:24 +00:00
ui->pbTxNext->setEnabled(false);
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
}
void MainWindow::on_cbUploadWSPR_Spots_toggled(bool b)
{
m_uploadSpots=b;
if(m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet("");
if(!m_uploadSpots) ui->cbUploadWSPR_Spots->setStyleSheet(
"QCheckBox{background-color: yellow}");
}
void MainWindow::on_WSPRfreqSpinBox_valueChanged(int n)
{
ui->TxFreqSpinBox->setValue(n);
}
void MainWindow::on_pbTxNext_clicked(bool b)
{
m_txNext=b;
}
Improved function name git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5547 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 13:40:10 +00:00
void MainWindow::WSPR_scheduling ()
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
{
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = false;
Ensure that WSPR band hopping is disabled when Rig is None Also added a new configuration query method to check if Rig is None i.e. a dummy rig. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6629 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 20:22:23 +00:00
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online () // need working rig control for hopping
&& !m_config.is_dummy_rig ()
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
&& ui->band_hopping_group_box->isChecked ()) {
Make WSPR band hopping tuneup Tx dependent on Enable Tx button state Tuneup is now only possible with Tx Enable checked, if no message transmission is required with tuneup transmissions then Tx percentage zero must be selected along with Enable Tx. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5713 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-11 22:49:56 +00:00
auto hop_data = m_WSPR_band_hopping.next_hop (m_auto);
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
qDebug () << "hop data: period:" << hop_data.period_name_
<< "frequencies index:" << hop_data.frequencies_index_
<< "tune:" << hop_data.tune_required_
<< "tx:" << hop_data.tx_next_;
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = hop_data.tx_next_;
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
if (hop_data.frequencies_index_ >= 0) { // new band
ui->bandComboBox->setCurrentIndex (hop_data.frequencies_index_);
on_bandComboBox_activated (hop_data.frequencies_index_);
m_cmnd.clear ();
QStringList prefixes {".bat", ".cmd", ".exe", ""};
for (auto const& prefix : prefixes)
{
auto const& path = m_appDir + "/user_hardware" + prefix;
QFile f {path};
if (f.exists ()) {
Fix the broken call to a "user_hardware" script. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5530 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 20:55:22 +00:00
m_cmnd = QDir::toNativeSeparators (f.fileName ()) + ' ' +
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
m_config.bands ()->find (m_freqNominal).remove ('m');
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
}
}
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
if(m_cmnd!="") p3.start(m_cmnd); // Execute user's hardware controller
// Produce a short tuneup signal
m_tuneup = false;
Polish the UI for WSPR and WSPR band hopping Provide a dialog for band hopping scheduling which replaces tab four. Ensure that split mode is not used for WSPR. Select the correct tab for WSPR operation. Shift WSPR band hopping code out of the MainWindow class. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5517 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-04 01:45:40 +00:00
if (hop_data.tune_required_) {
User the hopping WSPR Tx schedule even when not hopping The Tx schedule used in band hopping is tailored to minimize consecutive transmit periods while maintaining roughly the requested Tx/Rx ratio rather than being truly random. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5546 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
m_tuneup = true;
on_tuneButton_clicked (true);
Fix numerous memory leaks and uses of uninitialized variables These were discovered when running under teh valgrind MemCheck tool. I have also checked in a suppressions file (wsjtx-valgrind.linux.supp) suitable for use on Linux when running the valgrind MemCheck tool. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6755 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-06-10 15:54:16 +00:00
tuneATU_Timer.start (2500);
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
}
}
Try letting hopping.f90 determine TX intervals git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5472 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-30 23:45:22 +00:00
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
// Display grayline status
Switch to status bar notification of runaway Tx watchdog Rationalize the status bar construction and maintenance. Ensure that incoming UDP Reply messages reset the watchdog. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6847 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-02 00:25:38 +00:00
band_hopping_label.setText (hop_data.period_name_);
Add FrequencyList methods to retrieve band name sets Start to rationalize the new WSPR code with the data models. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5475 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-31 11:51:40 +00:00
}
User the hopping WSPR Tx schedule even when not hopping The Tx schedule used in band hopping is tailored to minimize consecutive transmit periods while maintaining roughly the requested Tx/Rx ratio rather than being truly random. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5546 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
else {
Ensure that the WSPR Tx percentage is correctly initialized Also tidied some code up. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5700 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-07-07 19:02:25 +00:00
m_WSPR_tx_next = m_WSPR_band_hopping.next_is_tx ();
User the hopping WSPR Tx schedule even when not hopping The Tx schedule used in band hopping is tailored to minimize consecutive transmit periods while maintaining roughly the requested Tx/Rx ratio rather than being truly random. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5546 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-06 13:28:20 +00:00
}
Reintegrate the wsjtx_exp branch into the trunk This merge brings the WSPR feature development into the main line ready for release in a future v1.6 release. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5424 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-05-27 13:08:28 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow::astroUpdate ()
Do not make unneeded rig adjustments when Doppler tracking disabled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5595 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if (m_astroWidget)
{
auto correction = m_astroWidget->astroUpdate(QDateTime::currentDateTimeUtc (),
m_config.my_grid(), m_hisGrid,
m_freqNominal,
"Echo" == m_mode, m_transmitting,
!m_config.tx_QSY_allowed (), m_TRperiod);
// no Doppler correction while CTRL pressed allows manual tuning
if (Qt::ControlModifier & QApplication::queryKeyboardModifiers ()) return;
// no Doppler correction in Tx if rig can't do it
if (m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
if (!m_astroWidget->doppler_tracking ()) return;
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting)
// no Doppler correction below 6m
&& m_freqNominal >= 50000000
&& m_config.split_mode ())
{
// adjust for rig resolution
if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () > 1)
{
correction.rx = (correction.rx + 50) / 100 * 100;
correction.tx = (correction.tx + 50) / 100 * 100;
}
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () > 0)
{
correction.rx = (correction.rx + 5) / 10 * 10;
correction.tx = (correction.tx + 5) / 10 * 10;
}
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () < -1)
{
correction.rx = correction.rx / 100 * 100;
correction.tx = correction.tx / 100 * 100;
}
else if (m_config.transceiver_resolution () < 0)
{
correction.rx = correction.rx / 10 * 10;
correction.tx = correction.tx / 10 * 10;
}
m_astroCorrection = correction;
}
else
{
m_astroCorrection = {};
}
setRig ();
}
Do not make unneeded rig adjustments when Doppler tracking disabled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5595 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
}
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
void MainWindow::setRig ()
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
if(m_transmitting && !m_config.tx_QSY_allowed ()) return;
if ((m_monitoring || m_transmitting)
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
&& m_config.is_transceiver_online ())
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
{
if(m_transmitting && m_config.split_mode ())
{
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_tx_frequency (m_freqTxNominal + m_astroCorrection.tx);
}
else
{
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_frequency (m_freqNominal + m_astroCorrection.rx);
}
Do not make unneeded rig adjustments when Doppler tracking disabled git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5595 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-06-12 00:26:44 +00:00
}
}
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
void MainWindow::fastPick(int x0, int x1, int y)
{
when TRperiod < 30 s, expand the Fast Graph scale so full width is 15 s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-16 14:18:40 +00:00
float pixPerSecond=12000.0/512.0;
if(m_TRperiod<30) pixPerSecond=12000.0/256.0;
Implement "pick to decode" on the MSK144 horizontal waterfall. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6917 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-14 17:06:52 +00:00
if(m_mode!="ISCAT" and m_mode!="MSK144") return;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
if(!m_decoderBusy) {
Get rid of jt9com and npar common blocks Also use correct C binding and have compilers determine sizes and offsets. The wsjtx.exe program now owns the decoder shared data that is shared with symspec. It is now in struct dec_data, still a global variable for now but hopefully a MainWindow member variable soon. The struct dec_data (in both C/C++ and Fortran) has a sub structure with the decoder parameters which enables copying and manipulating a lot cleaner. New of changed types of shared data must still be modified in commons.h and a new file lib/jt9com.f90, they must stay in sync as a pointer to the structure is passed between C and Fortran. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6290 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-12-17 20:29:55 +00:00
dec_data.params.newdat=0;
dec_data.params.nagain=1;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
m_blankLine=false; // don't insert the separator again
m_nPick=1;
if(y > 120) m_nPick=2;
when TRperiod < 30 s, expand the Fast Graph scale so full width is 15 s. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7089 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-16 14:18:40 +00:00
m_t0Pick=x0/pixPerSecond;
m_t1Pick=x1/pixPerSecond;
1. Display proper UTC on Fast Graph for files read from disk. 2. Move cursor DT readout to lower left of top panel. 3. More work on pick-decodes... but it's not yet fully working. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@7092 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-09-17 13:34:40 +00:00
m_dataAvailable=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
decode();
}
}
void MainWindow::on_actionSave_reference_spectrum_triggered()
{
First working code offering optional computation and use of a reference spectrum. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6608 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-11 20:53:54 +00:00
if(!m_monitoring) on_monitorButton_clicked (true);
Working on implementing reference spectra. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6600 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-08 15:23:32 +00:00
m_bRefSpec=true;
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
void MainWindow::on_sbCQRxFreq_valueChanged(int n)
{
m_freqCQ=n;
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
CQRxFreq();
}
void MainWindow::on_cbCQRx_toggled(bool b)
{
ui->sbCQRxFreq->setEnabled(b);
genStdMsgs(m_rpt);
if(b) {
ui->txrb6->setChecked(true);
m_ntx=6;
}
CQRxFreq();
}
void MainWindow::CQRxFreq()
{
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Frequency rx_frequency {m_config.offsetRxFreq () && ui->cbCQRx->isChecked () ?
m_freqNominal / 1000000 * 1000000 + 1000 * m_freqCQ :
m_callingFrequency};
Disable Internet spotting when rig control is not working git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6628 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-20 19:33:33 +00:00
if (m_config.is_transceiver_online ()) {
Rig control overhaul to implement generic Doppler shift tracking The concept of a nominal receive and transmit frequency has been introduced. This is used as a base frequency for Doppler correction, frequency setting and reporting. The start up frequency is now zero which is updated by the first rig control status report. This needs more work to accommodate calling frequency plus working frequency operation as is used for random MS operation etc.. The main window frequency display now shows the transmit dial frequency while transmitting. The mode changing logic sequence has been changed such that the rig is correctly put into and taken out of split mode as required by the target mode. This also avoids the "other" VFO having its frequency changed when entering a mode that does not use split operating like WSPR. The main window band combo box edit may now be used to input an kHz offset from the current MHz dial frequency. This is intended for setting a sked or working frequency on the VHF and up bands. For example the working frequency for 23cms might be set to 1296MHz and a working frequency of 1296.3MHz would be selected by selecting the 23cms band with the combo box drop down list and then entering 300k into the band combo box edit widget. When using JT4 modes a CTRL+Click on the waterfall adjusts the nominal frequency such that the frequency clicked on becomes the Tx and Rx frequency using the fixed 1000Hz DF that JT4 modes use. This will probably be extended to all QSO modes when used in VHF & up mode. This assumes that 1000Hz is an optimal DF for both Tx and Rx and therefore one can "net" to an off frequency, but visible on the waterfall, caller with one click. Improvements to OmniRig rig control including use of the serial port control lines RTS or DTR, on the CAT serial port used by OmniRig, for PTT control. Incrementing transaction sequence numbers added to messages to and from the rig control thread. This enables round trip status to be tracked and associated with a request. For example a command that might cause several asynchronous status updates can now be tracked in the originating thread such that it is clear which updates are caused by executing the request. This in turn allows updates to be held until the request is complete i.e. the state is consistent with the results of the request. Messages to the rig control thread are now posted as a new state (Transceiver::TransceiverState) object. The rig control thread tracks requests and actions any differences between the prior requests and the new state. The rig control thread is now stored on the heap so that it can be closed down and released as needed. Along with this the rig control close down semantics are better defined avoiding some potential deadlock situations. If the rig is placed into split mode it will be reverted to simplex mode when the rig connection is closed. When using direct rig control via Hamlib, rigs that have A/B VFO arrangements and no method to query the current VFO like many Icoms and the Yaesu FT-817/857/897(D) series now have smarted frequency updating requiring no VFO changes when changing the frequency. This is particularly important when doing Tx Doppler correction to avoid glitches. The implementation of emulated split operating mode ("Fake It") is simplified and improved. A dummy Hamlib transceiver for PTT control on a separate port is no long instantiated if CAT or VOX PTT control is selected. The resolution and any rounding of the rig CAT frequency set and get commands is determined automatically upon opening the rig connection. This is needed to determine the rate of frequency updates for Doppler tracking. It also allows the rig to be more accurately controlled. Frequency calibration is calculated separately for the receive and transmit frequencies. Whether the rig modulation mode should be controlled is now a constructor argument rather than being passed with individual rig control requests. Doppler shift correction is considerably enhanced with simpler controls and much better rig control. A new mode of tracking called "receive only" is introduced for those with rigs that cannot be QSY:ed via CAT when transmitting. Such rigs have a Doppler correction calculated for the middle of the next transmit period just before transmission starts. While using Doppler tracking it is now possible to adjust the sked frequency either using the new kHz offset feature of the main window band combo box or by directly tuning the rig VFO knob while holding down the CTRL key. The astronomical data window that includes Doppler tracking control is now opened and closed using a checkable menu item to avoid it being accidentally closed. Debug configuration rig control diagnostic messages now have a facility argument for clearer and more standardized trace messages. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6590 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
Q_EMIT m_config.transceiver_frequency (rx_frequency);
Reintegrate merge from wsjtx_exp branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6122 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
}
}
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
void MainWindow::statusUpdate () const
{
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
if (!ui) return;
m_messageClient->status_update (m_freqNominal, m_mode, m_hisCall,
QString::number (ui->rptSpinBox->value ()),
m_modeTx, ui->autoButton->isChecked (),
m_transmitting, m_decoderBusy,
ui->RxFreqSpinBox->value (), ui->TxFreqSpinBox->value (),
m_config.my_callsign (), m_config.my_grid (),
m_hisGrid, m_tx_watchdog);
Extend UDP status message - added Rx/Tx DF, call and grid information Build now creates and installs a UDP library that contains the server side of the UDP messaging facility. This library is used by the udp_daemon and message_aggregator reference examples. The new library is currently a static archive but can also be built as a shared library. The library allows third party Qt applications to easily access UDP messages from WSJT-X. Refactored the message_aggregator reference example to split out classes into separate translation units. Added new functionality to exercise the new UDP status fields, highlight own call, CQ/QRZ messages and decodes near Rx DF. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6691 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-05-24 10:08:35 +00:00
}
First attempt at a time based Tx watchdog The watchdog configuration is now a spin box of minutes with a special first value of disabled. WSJT-X counts down minutes on the minute, if the countdown reaches zero any attempt to transmit is aborted. The countdown is reset by any mouse press or key press event inside the main window or if the Tx message changes (auto sequencing). The status bar now shows the Tx watchdog countdown if it is active. This information is shown to the right of the progress bar text. The warning message boxes triggered within the GUI update routine now no longer block the GUI updates. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6840 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
void MainWindow::childEvent (QChildEvent * e)
{
if (e->child ()->isWidgetType ())
{
switch (e->type ())
{
case QEvent::ChildAdded: add_child_to_event_filter (e->child ()); break;
case QEvent::ChildRemoved: remove_child_from_event_filter (e->child ()); break;
default: break;
}
}
QMainWindow::childEvent (e);
}
// add widget and any child widgets to our event filter so that we can
// take action on key press ad mouse press events anywhere in the main window
void MainWindow::add_child_to_event_filter (QObject * target)
{
if (target && target->isWidgetType ())
{
target->installEventFilter (this);
}
auto const& children = target->children ();
for (auto iter = children.begin (); iter != children.end (); ++iter)
{
add_child_to_event_filter (*iter);
}
}
// recursively remove widget and any child widgets from our event filter
void MainWindow::remove_child_from_event_filter (QObject * target)
{
auto const& children = target->children ();
for (auto iter = children.begin (); iter != children.end (); ++iter)
{
remove_child_from_event_filter (*iter);
}
if (target && target->isWidgetType ())
{
target->removeEventFilter (this);
}
}
Furter attempts to get the Tx watchdog and its UDP Status Message right git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@6901 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2016-07-09 18:35:25 +00:00
void MainWindow::tx_watchdog (bool triggered)
{
auto prior = m_tx_watchdog;
m_tx_watchdog = triggered;
if (triggered)
{
m_bTxTime=false;
if (m_tune) stop_tuning ();
if (m_auto) auto_tx_mode (false);
tx_status_label.setStyleSheet ("QLabel{background-color: #ff0000}");
tx_status_label.setText ("Runaway Tx watchdog");
QApplication::alert (this);
}
else
{
m_idleMinutes = 0;
update_watchdog_label ();
}
if (prior != triggered) statusUpdate ();
}
void MainWindow::update_watchdog_label ()
{
if (m_config.watchdog () && !m_mode.startsWith ("WSPR"))
{
watchdog_label.setText (QString {"WD:%1m"}.arg (m_config.watchdog () - m_idleMinutes));
watchdog_label.setVisible (true);
}
else
{
watchdog_label.setText (QString {});
watchdog_label.setVisible (false);
}
}
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink